Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispref/frames.texi @ 82112:dd8905ab6eaa
(Finteractive_form): Check for the presence of an
`interactive-form' symbol property more thoroughly.
| author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 25 Jul 2007 21:03:24 +0000 |
| parents | d12946a8b3e7 |
| children | 216e3aa641a0 2aee92eacdab e9f94688a064 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 6547 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
| 2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
|
75250
6d19c76d81c5
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
74313
diff
changeset
|
3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001, |
|
6d19c76d81c5
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
74313
diff
changeset
|
4 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 6547 | 5 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
| 6 @setfilename ../info/frames | |
| 7 @node Frames, Positions, Windows, Top | |
| 8 @chapter Frames | |
| 9 @cindex frame | |
| 10 | |
|
71857
f0d5cd4ffd22
Fix typo in prev change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71856
diff
changeset
|
11 In Emacs editing, A @dfn{frame} is a screen object that contains one |
|
71856
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
12 or more Emacs windows. It's the kind of object that is called a |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
13 ``window'' in the terminology of graphical environments; but we can't |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
14 call it a ``window'' here, because Emacs uses that word in a different |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
15 way. |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
16 |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
17 A frame initially contains a single main window and/or a minibuffer |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
18 window; you can subdivide the main window vertically or horizontally |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
19 into smaller windows. In Emacs Lisp, a @dfn{frame object} is a Lisp |
|
52fe532e1485
(Frames): Explain nature of frames better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71811
diff
changeset
|
20 object that represents a frame on the screen. |
| 6547 | 21 |
| 22 @cindex terminal frame | |
| 12067 | 23 When Emacs runs on a text-only terminal, it starts with one |
|
12125
995be67f3fd1
updates for version 19.29.
Melissa Weisshaus <melissa@gnu.org>
parents:
12098
diff
changeset
|
24 @dfn{terminal frame}. If you create additional ones, Emacs displays |
| 12067 | 25 one and only one at any given time---on the terminal screen, of course. |
| 26 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
27 @cindex window frame |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
28 When Emacs communicates directly with a supported window system, such |
| 35476 | 29 as X, it does not have a terminal frame; instead, it starts with |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
30 a single @dfn{window frame}, but you can create more, and Emacs can |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
31 display several such frames at once as is usual for window systems. |
| 6547 | 32 |
| 33 @defun framep object | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
34 This predicate returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{object} is a |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
35 frame, and @code{nil} otherwise. For a frame, the value indicates which |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
36 kind of display the frame uses: |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
37 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
38 @table @code |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
39 @item x |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
40 The frame is displayed in an X window. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
41 @item t |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
42 A terminal frame on a character display. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
43 @item mac |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
44 The frame is displayed on a Macintosh. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
45 @item w32 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
46 The frame is displayed on MS-Windows 9X/NT. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
47 @item pc |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
48 The frame is displayed on an MS-DOS terminal. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
49 @end table |
| 6547 | 50 @end defun |
| 51 | |
| 52 @menu | |
| 12067 | 53 * Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames. |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
54 * Multiple Displays:: Creating frames on other displays. |
| 6547 | 55 * Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc. |
| 12067 | 56 * Frame Titles:: Automatic updating of frame titles. |
| 6547 | 57 * Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted. |
| 58 * Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames. | |
| 59 * Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows; | |
| 60 display of text always works through windows. | |
| 61 * Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use. | |
| 62 * Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame. | |
| 63 * Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons. | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
64 * Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows; |
| 54030 | 65 lowering it makes the others hide it. |
| 6547 | 66 * Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames. |
| 67 * Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves. | |
| 68 * Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it. | |
| 69 * Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from. | |
| 70 * Dialog Boxes:: Displaying a box to ask yes or no. | |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
71 * Pointer Shape:: Specifying the shape of the mouse pointer. |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
72 * Window System Selections:: Transferring text to and from other X clients. |
|
68575
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
73 * Drag and Drop:: Internals of Drag-and-Drop implementation. |
| 12098 | 74 * Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
75 * Text Terminal Colors:: Defining colors for text-only terminals. |
| 6547 | 76 * Resources:: Getting resource values from the server. |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
77 * Display Feature Testing:: Determining the features of a terminal. |
| 6547 | 78 @end menu |
| 79 | |
|
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
48700
diff
changeset
|
80 @xref{Display}, for information about the related topic of |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
81 controlling Emacs redisplay. |
| 6547 | 82 |
| 83 @node Creating Frames | |
| 84 @section Creating Frames | |
| 85 | |
| 86 To create a new frame, call the function @code{make-frame}. | |
| 87 | |
|
13155
0b8e0559dcee
Fix several minor errors.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12676
diff
changeset
|
88 @defun make-frame &optional alist |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
89 This function creates and returns a new frame, displaying the current |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
90 buffer. If you are using a supported window system, it makes a window |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
91 frame; otherwise, it makes a terminal frame. |
| 6547 | 92 |
| 93 The argument is an alist specifying frame parameters. Any parameters | |
| 94 not mentioned in @var{alist} default according to the value of the | |
| 12098 | 95 variable @code{default-frame-alist}; parameters not specified even there |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
96 default from the standard X resources or whatever is used instead on |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
97 your system. |
| 6547 | 98 |
| 99 The set of possible parameters depends in principle on what kind of | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
100 window system Emacs uses to display its frames. @xref{Window Frame |
| 12067 | 101 Parameters}, for documentation of individual parameters you can specify. |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
102 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
103 This function itself does not make the new frame the selected frame. |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
104 @xref{Input Focus}. The previously selected frame remains selected. |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
105 However, the window system may select the new frame for its own reasons, |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
106 for instance if the frame appears under the mouse pointer and your |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
107 setup is for focus to follow the pointer. |
| 6547 | 108 @end defun |
| 109 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
110 @defvar before-make-frame-hook |
| 6547 | 111 A normal hook run by @code{make-frame} before it actually creates the |
| 112 frame. | |
| 113 @end defvar | |
| 114 | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
115 @defvar after-make-frame-functions |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
116 An abnormal hook run by @code{make-frame} after it creates the frame. |
|
32596
1cb37313bcac
Obsolete variable `after-make-frame-hook'.
Kai Gro?johann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
31375
diff
changeset
|
117 Each function in @code{after-make-frame-functions} receives one argument, the |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
118 frame just created. |
| 6547 | 119 @end defvar |
| 120 | |
| 12067 | 121 @node Multiple Displays |
| 122 @section Multiple Displays | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
123 @cindex multiple X displays |
| 12067 | 124 @cindex displays, multiple |
| 125 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
126 A single Emacs can talk to more than one X display. |
| 12067 | 127 Initially, Emacs uses just one display---the one chosen with the |
| 128 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable or with the @samp{--display} option | |
| 129 (@pxref{Initial Options,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). To connect to | |
| 130 another display, use the command @code{make-frame-on-display} or specify | |
| 131 the @code{display} frame parameter when you create the frame. | |
| 132 | |
| 133 Emacs treats each X server as a separate terminal, giving each one its | |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
134 own selected frame and its own minibuffer windows. However, only one of |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
135 those frames is ``@emph{the} selected frame'' at any given moment, see |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
136 @ref{Input Focus}. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
137 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
138 A few Lisp variables are @dfn{terminal-local}; that is, they have a |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
139 separate binding for each terminal. The binding in effect at any time |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
140 is the one for the terminal that the currently selected frame belongs |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
141 to. These variables include @code{default-minibuffer-frame}, |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
142 @code{defining-kbd-macro}, @code{last-kbd-macro}, and |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
143 @code{system-key-alist}. They are always terminal-local, and can never |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
144 be buffer-local (@pxref{Buffer-Local Variables}) or frame-local. |
| 12067 | 145 |
| 146 A single X server can handle more than one screen. A display name | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
147 @samp{@var{host}:@var{server}.@var{screen}} has three parts; the last |
| 12067 | 148 part specifies the screen number for a given server. When you use two |
| 149 screens belonging to one server, Emacs knows by the similarity in their | |
| 150 names that they share a single keyboard, and it treats them as a single | |
| 151 terminal. | |
| 152 | |
|
77233
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
153 Note that some graphical terminals can output to more than a one |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
154 monitor (or other output device) at the same time. On these |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
155 ``multi-monitor'' setups, a single @var{display} value controls the |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
156 output to all the physical monitors. In this situation, there is |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
157 currently no platform-independent way for Emacs to distinguish between |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
158 the different physical monitors. |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
159 |
| 12067 | 160 @deffn Command make-frame-on-display display &optional parameters |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
161 This creates and returns a new frame on display @var{display}, taking |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
162 the other frame parameters from @var{parameters}. Aside from the |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
163 @var{display} argument, it is like @code{make-frame} (@pxref{Creating |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
164 Frames}). |
| 12067 | 165 @end deffn |
| 166 | |
| 167 @defun x-display-list | |
| 168 This returns a list that indicates which X displays Emacs has a | |
| 12098 | 169 connection to. The elements of the list are strings, and each one is |
| 170 a display name. | |
| 12067 | 171 @end defun |
| 172 | |
| 26388 | 173 @defun x-open-connection display &optional xrm-string must-succeed |
| 12067 | 174 This function opens a connection to the X display @var{display}. It |
| 175 does not create a frame on that display, but it permits you to check | |
| 176 that communication can be established with that display. | |
| 177 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
178 The optional argument @var{xrm-string}, if not @code{nil}, is a |
| 12098 | 179 string of resource names and values, in the same format used in the |
| 180 @file{.Xresources} file. The values you specify override the resource | |
| 181 values recorded in the X server itself; they apply to all Emacs frames | |
| 182 created on this display. Here's an example of what this string might | |
| 183 look like: | |
| 184 | |
| 185 @example | |
| 186 "*BorderWidth: 3\n*InternalBorder: 2\n" | |
| 187 @end example | |
| 188 | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
189 @xref{X Resources,, X Resources, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
| 26388 | 190 |
| 191 If @var{must-succeed} is non-@code{nil}, failure to open the connection | |
| 192 terminates Emacs. Otherwise, it is an ordinary Lisp error. | |
| 12067 | 193 @end defun |
| 194 | |
| 195 @defun x-close-connection display | |
| 196 This function closes the connection to display @var{display}. Before | |
| 197 you can do this, you must first delete all the frames that were open on | |
| 198 that display (@pxref{Deleting Frames}). | |
| 199 @end defun | |
| 200 | |
| 6547 | 201 @node Frame Parameters |
| 202 @section Frame Parameters | |
| 76835 | 203 @cindex frame parameters |
| 6547 | 204 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
205 A frame has many parameters that control its appearance and behavior. |
| 6547 | 206 Just what parameters a frame has depends on what display mechanism it |
| 207 uses. | |
| 208 | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
209 Frame parameters exist mostly for the sake of window systems. A |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
210 terminal frame has a few parameters, mostly for compatibility's sake; |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
211 only the @code{height}, @code{width}, @code{name}, @code{title}, |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
212 @code{menu-bar-lines}, @code{buffer-list} and @code{buffer-predicate} |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
213 parameters do something special. If the terminal supports colors, the |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
214 parameters @code{foreground-color}, @code{background-color}, |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
215 @code{background-mode} and @code{display-type} are also meaningful. |
| 6547 | 216 |
| 217 @menu | |
| 218 * Parameter Access:: How to change a frame's parameters. | |
| 219 * Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame. | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
220 * Window Frame Parameters:: List of frame parameters for window systems. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
221 * Size and Position:: Changing the size and position of a frame. |
|
64882
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
222 * Geometry:: Parsing geometry specifications. |
| 6547 | 223 @end menu |
| 224 | |
| 225 @node Parameter Access | |
| 226 @subsection Access to Frame Parameters | |
| 227 | |
| 228 These functions let you read and change the parameter values of a | |
| 229 frame. | |
| 230 | |
| 26388 | 231 @defun frame-parameter frame parameter |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
232 This function returns the value of the parameter @var{parameter} (a |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
233 symbol) of @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it returns the |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
234 selected frame's parameter. If @var{frame} has no setting for |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
235 @var{parameter}, this function returns @code{nil}. |
| 26388 | 236 @end defun |
| 237 | |
| 54030 | 238 @defun frame-parameters &optional frame |
| 6547 | 239 The function @code{frame-parameters} returns an alist listing all the |
| 54030 | 240 parameters of @var{frame} and their values. If @var{frame} is |
| 241 @code{nil} or omitted, this returns the selected frame's parameters | |
| 6547 | 242 @end defun |
| 243 | |
| 244 @defun modify-frame-parameters frame alist | |
| 245 This function alters the parameters of frame @var{frame} based on the | |
| 246 elements of @var{alist}. Each element of @var{alist} has the form | |
| 247 @code{(@var{parm} . @var{value})}, where @var{parm} is a symbol naming a | |
| 248 parameter. If you don't mention a parameter in @var{alist}, its value | |
| 54030 | 249 doesn't change. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected |
| 250 frame. | |
| 6547 | 251 @end defun |
| 252 | |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
253 @defun modify-all-frames-parameters alist |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
254 This function alters the frame parameters of all existing frames |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
255 according to @var{alist}, then modifies @code{default-frame-alist} |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
256 (and, if necessary, @code{initial-frame-alist}) to apply the same |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
257 parameter values to frames that will be created henceforth. |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
258 @end defun |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
259 |
| 6547 | 260 @node Initial Parameters |
| 261 @subsection Initial Frame Parameters | |
| 262 | |
| 263 You can specify the parameters for the initial startup frame | |
| 25875 | 264 by setting @code{initial-frame-alist} in your init file (@pxref{Init File}). |
| 6547 | 265 |
| 266 @defvar initial-frame-alist | |
| 267 This variable's value is an alist of parameter values used when creating | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
268 the initial window frame. You can set this variable to specify the |
|
16528
62be63ee468d
Clarify initial-frame-alist and default-frame-alist.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15061
diff
changeset
|
269 appearance of the initial frame without altering subsequent frames. |
|
62be63ee468d
Clarify initial-frame-alist and default-frame-alist.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15061
diff
changeset
|
270 Each element has the form: |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
271 |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
272 @example |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
273 (@var{parameter} . @var{value}) |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
274 @end example |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
275 |
| 25875 | 276 Emacs creates the initial frame before it reads your init |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
277 file. After reading that file, Emacs checks @code{initial-frame-alist}, |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
278 and applies the parameter settings in the altered value to the already |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
279 created initial frame. |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
280 |
| 12098 | 281 If these settings affect the frame geometry and appearance, you'll see |
| 282 the frame appear with the wrong ones and then change to the specified | |
| 283 ones. If that bothers you, you can specify the same geometry and | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
284 appearance with X resources; those do take effect before the frame is |
|
45779
4964699e51b4
(Initial Parameters, Resources): Fix references to the Emacs manual.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
45744
diff
changeset
|
285 created. @xref{X Resources,, X Resources, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
286 |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
287 X resource settings typically apply to all frames. If you want to |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
288 specify some X resources solely for the sake of the initial frame, and |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
289 you don't want them to apply to subsequent frames, here's how to achieve |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
290 this. Specify parameters in @code{default-frame-alist} to override the |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
291 X resources for subsequent frames; then, to prevent these from affecting |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
292 the initial frame, specify the same parameters in |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
293 @code{initial-frame-alist} with values that match the X resources. |
| 6547 | 294 @end defvar |
| 295 | |
| 12098 | 296 If these parameters specify a separate minibuffer-only frame with |
| 297 @code{(minibuffer . nil)}, and you have not created one, Emacs creates | |
| 298 one for you. | |
| 6547 | 299 |
| 300 @defvar minibuffer-frame-alist | |
| 301 This variable's value is an alist of parameter values used when creating | |
| 302 an initial minibuffer-only frame---if such a frame is needed, according | |
| 303 to the parameters for the main initial frame. | |
| 304 @end defvar | |
| 305 | |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
306 @defvar default-frame-alist |
|
16528
62be63ee468d
Clarify initial-frame-alist and default-frame-alist.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15061
diff
changeset
|
307 This is an alist specifying default values of frame parameters for all |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
308 Emacs frames---the first frame, and subsequent frames. When using the X |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
309 Window System, you can get the same results by means of X resources |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
310 in many cases. |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
311 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
312 Setting this variable does not affect existing frames. |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
313 @end defvar |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
314 |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
315 See also @code{special-display-frame-alist}. @xref{Definition of |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
316 special-display-frame-alist}. |
| 12098 | 317 |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
318 If you use options that specify window appearance when you invoke Emacs, |
|
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
319 they take effect by adding elements to @code{default-frame-alist}. One |
| 12098 | 320 exception is @samp{-geometry}, which adds the specified position to |
|
62583
3052b909ad3f
(Initial Parameters): Update cross reference to "Emacs Invocation".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
62095
diff
changeset
|
321 @code{initial-frame-alist} instead. @xref{Emacs Invocation,, Command |
|
3052b909ad3f
(Initial Parameters): Update cross reference to "Emacs Invocation".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
62095
diff
changeset
|
322 Line Arguments for Emacs Invocation, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
|
8110
bf6ecdddf78b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7684
diff
changeset
|
323 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
324 @node Window Frame Parameters |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
325 @subsection Window Frame Parameters |
| 6547 | 326 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
327 Just what parameters a frame has depends on what display mechanism |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
328 it uses. This section describes the parameters that have special |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
329 meanings on some or all kinds of terminals. Of these, @code{name}, |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
330 @code{title}, @code{height}, @code{width}, @code{buffer-list} and |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
331 @code{buffer-predicate} provide meaningful information in terminal |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
332 frames, and @code{tty-color-mode} is meaningful @emph{only} in |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
333 terminal frames. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
334 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
335 @menu |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
336 * Basic Parameters:: Parameters that are fundamental. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
337 * Position Parameters:: The position of the frame on the screen. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
338 * Size Parameters:: Frame's size. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
339 * Layout Parameters:: Size of parts of the frame, and |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
340 enabling or disabling some parts. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
341 * Buffer Parameters:: Which buffers have been or should be shown. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
342 * Management Parameters:: Communicating with the window manager. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
343 * Cursor Parameters:: Controlling the cursor appearance. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
344 * Color Parameters:: Colors of various parts of the frame. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
345 @end menu |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
346 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
347 @node Basic Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
348 @subsubsection Basic Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
349 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
350 These frame parameters give the most basic information about the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
351 frame. @code{title} and @code{name} are meaningful on all terminals. |
| 6547 | 352 |
| 353 @table @code | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
354 @item display |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
355 The display on which to open this frame. It should be a string of the |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
356 form @code{"@var{host}:@var{dpy}.@var{screen}"}, just like the |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
357 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable. |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
358 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
359 @item display-type |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
360 This parameter describes the range of possible colors that can be used |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
361 in this frame. Its value is @code{color}, @code{grayscale} or |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
362 @code{mono}. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
363 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
364 @item title |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
365 If a frame has a non-@code{nil} title, it appears in the window system's |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
366 border for the frame, and also in the mode line of windows in that frame |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
367 if @code{mode-line-frame-identification} uses @samp{%F} |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
368 (@pxref{%-Constructs}). This is normally the case when Emacs is not |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
369 using a window system, and can only display one frame at a time. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
370 @xref{Frame Titles}. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
371 |
| 6547 | 372 @item name |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
373 The name of the frame. The frame name serves as a default for the frame |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
374 title, if the @code{title} parameter is unspecified or @code{nil}. If |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
375 you don't specify a name, Emacs sets the frame name automatically |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
376 (@pxref{Frame Titles}). |
| 6547 | 377 |
| 378 If you specify the frame name explicitly when you create the frame, the | |
| 379 name is also used (instead of the name of the Emacs executable) when | |
| 380 looking up X resources for the frame. | |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
381 @end table |
| 6547 | 382 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
383 @node Position Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
384 @subsubsection Position Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
385 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
386 Position parameters' values are normally measured in pixels, but on |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
387 text-only terminals they count characters or lines instead. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
388 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
389 @table @code |
| 6547 | 390 @item left |
| 12067 | 391 The screen position of the left edge, in pixels, with respect to the |
| 392 left edge of the screen. The value may be a positive number @var{pos}, | |
| 393 or a list of the form @code{(+ @var{pos})} which permits specifying a | |
| 394 negative @var{pos} value. | |
| 395 | |
| 396 A negative number @minus{}@var{pos}, or a list of the form @code{(- | |
| 397 @var{pos})}, actually specifies the position of the right edge of the | |
| 12098 | 398 window with respect to the right edge of the screen. A positive value |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
399 of @var{pos} counts toward the left. @strong{Reminder:} if the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
400 parameter is a negative integer @minus{}@var{pos}, then @var{pos} is |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
401 positive. |
| 6547 | 402 |
|
12388
35668330115e
Clarify need for user-position to get left and top obeyed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12125
diff
changeset
|
403 Some window managers ignore program-specified positions. If you want to |
|
35668330115e
Clarify need for user-position to get left and top obeyed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12125
diff
changeset
|
404 be sure the position you specify is not ignored, specify a |
|
35668330115e
Clarify need for user-position to get left and top obeyed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12125
diff
changeset
|
405 non-@code{nil} value for the @code{user-position} parameter as well. |
|
35668330115e
Clarify need for user-position to get left and top obeyed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12125
diff
changeset
|
406 |
| 6547 | 407 @item top |
| 12067 | 408 The screen position of the top edge, in pixels, with respect to the |
|
62853
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
409 top edge of the screen. It works just like @code{left}, except vertically |
|
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
410 instead of horizontally. |
|
12388
35668330115e
Clarify need for user-position to get left and top obeyed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12125
diff
changeset
|
411 |
|
10220
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
412 @item icon-left |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
413 The screen position of the left edge @emph{of the frame's icon}, in |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
414 pixels, counting from the left edge of the screen. This takes effect if |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
415 and when the frame is iconified. |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
416 |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
417 If you specify a value for this parameter, then you must also specify |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
418 a value for @code{icon-top} and vice versa. The window manager may |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
419 ignore these two parameters. |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
420 |
|
10220
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
421 @item icon-top |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
422 The screen position of the top edge @emph{of the frame's icon}, in |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
423 pixels, counting from the top edge of the screen. This takes effect if |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
424 and when the frame is iconified. |
|
126f7560fd28
Add icon-left and icon-top frame parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9453
diff
changeset
|
425 |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
426 @item user-position |
|
14658
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
427 When you create a frame and specify its screen position with the |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
428 @code{left} and @code{top} parameters, use this parameter to say whether |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
429 the specified position was user-specified (explicitly requested in some |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
430 way by a human user) or merely program-specified (chosen by a program). |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
431 A non-@code{nil} value says the position was user-specified. |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
432 |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
433 Window managers generally heed user-specified positions, and some heed |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
434 program-specified positions too. But many ignore program-specified |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
435 positions, placing the window in a default fashion or letting the user |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
436 place it with the mouse. Some window managers, including @code{twm}, |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
437 let the user specify whether to obey program-specified positions or |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
438 ignore them. |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
439 |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
440 When you call @code{make-frame}, you should specify a non-@code{nil} |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
441 value for this parameter if the values of the @code{left} and @code{top} |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
442 parameters represent the user's stated preference; otherwise, use |
|
c2ed969842dc
Clarify purpose of user-position parameter.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14200
diff
changeset
|
443 @code{nil}. |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
444 @end table |
| 6547 | 445 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
446 @node Size Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
447 @subsubsection Size Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
448 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
449 Size parameters' values are normally measured in pixels, but on |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
450 text-only terminals they count characters or lines instead. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
451 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
452 @table @code |
| 6547 | 453 @item height |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
454 The height of the frame contents, in characters. (To get the height in |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
455 pixels, call @code{frame-pixel-height}; see @ref{Size and Position}.) |
| 6547 | 456 |
| 457 @item width | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
458 The width of the frame contents, in characters. (To get the height in |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
459 pixels, call @code{frame-pixel-width}; see @ref{Size and Position}.) |
| 6547 | 460 |
|
62853
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
461 @item user-size |
|
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
462 This does for the size parameters @code{height} and @code{width} what |
|
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
463 the @code{user-position} parameter (see above) does for the position |
|
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
464 parameters @code{top} and @code{left}. |
|
0a1026721b52
(Window Frame Parameters): Document user-size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62688
diff
changeset
|
465 |
|
42713
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
466 @item fullscreen |
|
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
467 Specify that width, height or both shall be set to the size of the screen. |
|
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
468 The value @code{fullwidth} specifies that width shall be the size of the |
|
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
469 screen. The value @code{fullheight} specifies that height shall be the |
|
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
470 size of the screen. The value @code{fullboth} specifies that both the |
|
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
471 width and the height shall be set to the size of the screen. |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
472 @end table |
|
42713
d977aa26f8f8
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the fullscreen parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40310
diff
changeset
|
473 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
474 @node Layout Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
475 @subsubsection Layout Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
476 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
477 These frame parameters enable or disable various parts of the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
478 frame, or control their sizes. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
479 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
480 @table @code |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
481 @item border-width |
|
68410
c27d8d7e14fd
(Layout Parameters): border-width and internal-border-width belong to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64889
diff
changeset
|
482 The width in pixels of the frame's border. |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
483 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
484 @item internal-border-width |
|
68575
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
485 The distance in pixels between text (or fringe) and the frame's border. |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
486 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
487 @item vertical-scroll-bars |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
488 Whether the frame has scroll bars for vertical scrolling, and which side |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
489 of the frame they should be on. The possible values are @code{left}, |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
490 @code{right}, and @code{nil} for no scroll bars. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
491 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
492 @ignore |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
493 @item horizontal-scroll-bars |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
494 Whether the frame has scroll bars for horizontal scrolling |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
495 (non-@code{nil} means yes). Horizontal scroll bars are not currently |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
496 implemented. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
497 @end ignore |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
498 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
499 @item scroll-bar-width |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
500 The width of vertical scroll bars, in pixels, or @code{nil} meaning to |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
501 use the default width. |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
502 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
503 @item left-fringe |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
504 @itemx right-fringe |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
505 The default width of the left and right fringes of windows in this |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
506 frame (@pxref{Fringes}). If either of these is zero, that effectively |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
507 removes the corresponding fringe. A value of @code{nil} stands for |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
508 the standard fringe width, which is the width needed to display the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
509 fringe bitmaps. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
510 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
511 The combined fringe widths must add up to an integral number of |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
512 columns, so the actual default fringe widths for the frame may be |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
513 larger than the specified values. The extra width needed to reach an |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
514 acceptable total is distributed evenly between the left and right |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
515 fringe. However, you can force one fringe or the other to a precise |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
516 width by specifying that width as a negative integer. If both widths are |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
517 negative, only the left fringe gets the specified width. |
| 6547 | 518 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
519 @item menu-bar-lines |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
520 The number of lines to allocate at the top of the frame for a menu |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
521 bar. The default is 1. A value of @code{nil} means don't display a |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
522 menu bar. @xref{Menu Bar}. (The X toolkit and GTK allow at most one |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
523 menu bar line; they treat larger values as 1.) |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
524 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
525 @item tool-bar-lines |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
526 The number of lines to use for the tool bar. A value of @code{nil} |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
527 means don't display a tool bar. (GTK allows at most one tool bar line; |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
528 it treats larger values as 1.) |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
529 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
530 @item line-spacing |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
531 Additional space to leave below each text line, in pixels (a positive |
|
64882
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
532 integer). @xref{Line Height}, for more information. |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
533 @end table |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
534 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
535 @node Buffer Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
536 @subsubsection Buffer Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
537 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
538 These frame parameters, meaningful on all kinds of terminals, deal |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
539 with which buffers have been, or should, be displayed in the frame. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
540 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
541 @table @code |
| 6547 | 542 @item minibuffer |
| 543 Whether this frame has its own minibuffer. The value @code{t} means | |
| 544 yes, @code{nil} means no, @code{only} means this frame is just a | |
| 12098 | 545 minibuffer. If the value is a minibuffer window (in some other frame), |
| 546 the new frame uses that minibuffer. | |
| 6547 | 547 |
| 12067 | 548 @item buffer-predicate |
| 549 The buffer-predicate function for this frame. The function | |
| 550 @code{other-buffer} uses this predicate (from the selected frame) to | |
| 551 decide which buffers it should consider, if the predicate is not | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
552 @code{nil}. It calls the predicate with one argument, a buffer, once for |
| 12067 | 553 each buffer; if the predicate returns a non-@code{nil} value, it |
| 554 considers that buffer. | |
| 555 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
556 @item buffer-list |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
557 A list of buffers that have been selected in this frame, |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
558 ordered most-recently-selected first. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
559 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
560 @item unsplittable |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
561 If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window is never split automatically. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
562 @end table |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
563 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
564 @node Management Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
565 @subsubsection Window Management Parameters |
| 76833 | 566 @cindex window manager, and frame parameters |
|
72680
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
567 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
568 These frame parameters, meaningful only on window system displays, |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
569 interact with the window manager. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
570 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
571 @table @code |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
572 @item visibility |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
573 The state of visibility of the frame. There are three possibilities: |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
574 @code{nil} for invisible, @code{t} for visible, and @code{icon} for |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
575 iconified. @xref{Visibility of Frames}. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
576 |
| 6547 | 577 @item auto-raise |
| 578 Whether selecting the frame raises it (non-@code{nil} means yes). | |
| 579 | |
| 580 @item auto-lower | |
| 581 Whether deselecting the frame lowers it (non-@code{nil} means yes). | |
| 582 | |
| 583 @item icon-type | |
|
10759
fe6bdcb0d99f
Update icon-type values.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10220
diff
changeset
|
584 The type of icon to use for this frame when it is iconified. If the |
|
fe6bdcb0d99f
Update icon-type values.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10220
diff
changeset
|
585 value is a string, that specifies a file containing a bitmap to use. |
|
fe6bdcb0d99f
Update icon-type values.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10220
diff
changeset
|
586 Any other non-@code{nil} value specifies the default bitmap icon (a |
|
fe6bdcb0d99f
Update icon-type values.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10220
diff
changeset
|
587 picture of a gnu); @code{nil} specifies a text icon. |
| 6547 | 588 |
| 12098 | 589 @item icon-name |
| 590 The name to use in the icon for this frame, when and if the icon | |
| 591 appears. If this is @code{nil}, the frame's title is used. | |
| 592 | |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
593 @item window-id |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
594 The number of the window-system window used by the frame |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
595 to contain the actual Emacs windows. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
596 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
597 @item outer-window-id |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
598 The number of the outermost window-system window used for the whole frame. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
600 @item wait-for-wm |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
601 If non-@code{nil}, tell Xt to wait for the window manager to confirm |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
602 geometry changes. Some window managers, including versions of Fvwm2 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
603 and KDE, fail to confirm, so Xt hangs. Set this to @code{nil} to |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
604 prevent hanging with those window managers. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
605 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
606 @ignore |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
607 @item parent-id |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
608 @c ??? Not yet working. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
609 The X window number of the window that should be the parent of this one. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
610 Specifying this lets you create an Emacs window inside some other |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
611 application's window. (It is not certain this will be implemented; try |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
612 it and see if it works.) |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
613 @end ignore |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
614 @end table |
|
42752
6fce183f6920
(Window Frame Parameters): Document the new tty-color-mode parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42713
diff
changeset
|
615 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
616 @node Cursor Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
617 @subsubsection Cursor Parameters |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
618 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
619 This frame parameter controls the way the cursor looks. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
620 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
621 @table @code |
| 6547 | 622 @item cursor-type |
|
47055
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
623 How to display the cursor. Legitimate values are: |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
624 |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
625 @table @code |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
626 @item box |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
627 Display a filled box. (This is the default.) |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
628 @item hollow |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
629 Display a hollow box. |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
630 @item nil |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
631 Don't display a cursor. |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
632 @item bar |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
633 Display a vertical bar between characters. |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
634 @item (bar . @var{width}) |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
635 Display a vertical bar @var{width} pixels wide between characters. |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
636 @item hbar |
|
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
637 Display a horizontal bar. |
|
58257
8f67c69ee3ee
(Window Frame Parameters): Fix typo.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
57766
diff
changeset
|
638 @item (hbar . @var{height}) |
|
8f67c69ee3ee
(Window Frame Parameters): Fix typo.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
57766
diff
changeset
|
639 Display a horizontal bar @var{height} pixels high. |
|
47055
6469b390d805
Describe blink-cursor-alist and new values for cursor-type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45865
diff
changeset
|
640 @end table |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
641 @end table |
| 6547 | 642 |
|
39221
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
643 @vindex cursor-type |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
644 The buffer-local variable @code{cursor-type} overrides the value of |
| 54030 | 645 the @code{cursor-type} frame parameter, but if it is @code{t}, that |
| 646 means to use the cursor specified for the frame. | |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
647 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
648 @defvar blink-cursor-alist |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
649 This variable specifies how to blink the cursor. Each element has the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
650 form @code{(@var{on-state} . @var{off-state})}. Whenever the cursor |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
651 type equals @var{on-state} (comparing using @code{equal}), the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
652 corresponding @var{off-state} specifies what the cursor looks like |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
653 when it blinks ``off.'' Both @var{on-state} and @var{off-state} |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
654 should be suitable values for the @code{cursor-type} frame parameter. |
| 6547 | 655 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
656 There are various defaults for how to blink each type of cursor, if |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
657 the type is not mentioned as an @var{on-state} here. Changes in this |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
658 variable do not take effect immediately, because the variable is |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
659 examined only when you specify the @code{cursor-type} parameter. |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
660 @end defvar |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
661 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
662 @node Color Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
663 @subsubsection Color Parameters |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
664 |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
665 These frame parameters control the use of colors. |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
666 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
667 @table @code |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
668 @item background-mode |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
669 This parameter is either @code{dark} or @code{light}, according |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
670 to whether the background color is a light one or a dark one. |
| 6547 | 671 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
672 @item tty-color-mode |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
673 @cindex standard colors for character terminals |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
674 This parameter overrides the terminal's color support as given by the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
675 system's terminal capabilities database in that this parameter's value |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
676 specifies the color mode to use in terminal frames. The value can be |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
677 either a symbol or a number. A number specifies the number of colors |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
678 to use (and, indirectly, what commands to issue to produce each |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
679 color). For example, @code{(tty-color-mode . 8)} specifies use of the |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
680 ANSI escape sequences for 8 standard text colors. A value of -1 turns |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
681 off color support. |
| 6547 | 682 |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
683 If the parameter's value is a symbol, it specifies a number through |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
684 the value of @code{tty-color-mode-alist}, and the associated number is |
|
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
685 used instead. |
| 6547 | 686 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
687 @item screen-gamma |
| 31375 | 688 @cindex gamma correction |
|
43578
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
689 If this is a number, Emacs performs ``gamma correction'' which adjusts |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
690 the brightness of all colors. The value should be the screen gamma of |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
691 your display, a floating point number. |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
692 |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
693 Usual PC monitors have a screen gamma of 2.2, so color values in |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
694 Emacs, and in X windows generally, are calibrated to display properly |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
695 on a monitor with that gamma value. If you specify 2.2 for |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
696 @code{screen-gamma}, that means no correction is needed. Other values |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
697 request correction, designed to make the corrected colors appear on |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
698 your screen the way they would have appeared without correction on an |
|
43578
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
699 ordinary monitor with a gamma value of 2.2. |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
700 |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
701 If your monitor displays colors too light, you should specify a |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
702 @code{screen-gamma} value smaller than 2.2. This requests correction |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
703 that makes colors darker. A screen gamma value of 1.5 may give good |
|
fa66c2edee4d
Clarify gamma correction.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
43562
diff
changeset
|
704 results for LCD color displays. |
| 6547 | 705 @end table |
| 706 | |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
707 These frame parameters are semi-obsolete in that they are automatically |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
708 equivalent to particular face attributes of particular faces. |
|
77863
d12946a8b3e7
(Color Parameters): Add xref to (emacs)Standard Faces.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
77233
diff
changeset
|
709 @xref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The Emacs Manual}. |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
710 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
711 @table @code |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
712 @item font |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
713 The name of the font for displaying text in the frame. This is a |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
714 string, either a valid font name for your system or the name of an Emacs |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
715 fontset (@pxref{Fontsets}). It is equivalent to the @code{font} |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
716 attribute of the @code{default} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
717 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
718 @item foreground-color |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
719 The color to use for the image of a character. It is equivalent to |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
720 the @code{:foreground} attribute of the @code{default} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
721 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
722 @item background-color |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
723 The color to use for the background of characters. It is equivalent to |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
724 the @code{:background} attribute of the @code{default} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
725 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
726 @item mouse-color |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
727 The color for the mouse pointer. It is equivalent to the @code{:background} |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
728 attribute of the @code{mouse} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
729 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
730 @item cursor-color |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
731 The color for the cursor that shows point. It is equivalent to the |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
732 @code{:background} attribute of the @code{cursor} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
733 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
734 @item border-color |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
735 The color for the border of the frame. It is equivalent to the |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
736 @code{:background} attribute of the @code{border} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
737 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
738 @item scroll-bar-foreground |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
739 If non-@code{nil}, the color for the foreground of scroll bars. It is |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
740 equivalent to the @code{:foreground} attribute of the |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
741 @code{scroll-bar} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
742 |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
743 @item scroll-bar-background |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
744 If non-@code{nil}, the color for the background of scroll bars. It is |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
745 equivalent to the @code{:background} attribute of the |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
746 @code{scroll-bar} face. |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
747 @end table |
|
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
748 |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
749 @node Size and Position |
| 6547 | 750 @subsection Frame Size And Position |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
751 @cindex size of frame |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
752 @cindex screen size |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
753 @cindex frame size |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
754 @cindex resize frame |
| 6547 | 755 |
| 756 You can read or change the size and position of a frame using the | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
757 frame parameters @code{left}, @code{top}, @code{height}, and |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
758 @code{width}. Whatever geometry parameters you don't specify are chosen |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
759 by the window manager in its usual fashion. |
| 6547 | 760 |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
761 Here are some special features for working with sizes and positions. |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
762 (For the precise meaning of ``selected frame'' used by these functions, |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
763 see @ref{Input Focus}.) |
| 6547 | 764 |
| 765 @defun set-frame-position frame left top | |
| 12098 | 766 This function sets the position of the top left corner of @var{frame} to |
| 767 @var{left} and @var{top}. These arguments are measured in pixels, and | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
768 normally count from the top left corner of the screen. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
769 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
770 Negative parameter values position the bottom edge of the window up from |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
771 the bottom edge of the screen, or the right window edge to the left of |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
772 the right edge of the screen. It would probably be better if the values |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
773 were always counted from the left and top, so that negative arguments |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
774 would position the frame partly off the top or left edge of the screen, |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
775 but it seems inadvisable to change that now. |
| 6547 | 776 @end defun |
| 777 | |
| 778 @defun frame-height &optional frame | |
| 779 @defunx frame-width &optional frame | |
| 780 These functions return the height and width of @var{frame}, measured in | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
781 lines and columns. If you don't supply @var{frame}, they use the |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
782 selected frame. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
783 @end defun |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
784 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
785 @defun screen-height |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
786 @defunx screen-width |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
787 These functions are old aliases for @code{frame-height} and |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
788 @code{frame-width}. When you are using a non-window terminal, the size |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
789 of the frame is normally the same as the size of the terminal screen. |
| 6547 | 790 @end defun |
| 791 | |
| 792 @defun frame-pixel-height &optional frame | |
| 793 @defunx frame-pixel-width &optional frame | |
| 794 These functions return the height and width of @var{frame}, measured in | |
| 795 pixels. If you don't supply @var{frame}, they use the selected frame. | |
| 796 @end defun | |
| 797 | |
| 798 @defun frame-char-height &optional frame | |
| 799 @defunx frame-char-width &optional frame | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
800 These functions return the height and width of a character in |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
801 @var{frame}, measured in pixels. The values depend on the choice of |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
802 font. If you don't supply @var{frame}, these functions use the selected |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
803 frame. |
| 6547 | 804 @end defun |
| 805 | |
| 806 @defun set-frame-size frame cols rows | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
807 This function sets the size of @var{frame}, measured in characters; |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
808 @var{cols} and @var{rows} specify the new width and height. |
| 6547 | 809 |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
810 To set the size based on values measured in pixels, use |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
811 @code{frame-char-height} and @code{frame-char-width} to convert |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
812 them to units of characters. |
| 6547 | 813 @end defun |
| 814 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
815 @defun set-frame-height frame lines &optional pretend |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
816 This function resizes @var{frame} to a height of @var{lines} lines. The |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
817 sizes of existing windows in @var{frame} are altered proportionally to |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
818 fit. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
819 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
820 If @var{pretend} is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays @var{lines} |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
821 lines of output in @var{frame}, but does not change its value for the |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
822 actual height of the frame. This is only useful for a terminal frame. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
823 Using a smaller height than the terminal actually implements may be |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
824 useful to reproduce behavior observed on a smaller screen, or if the |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
825 terminal malfunctions when using its whole screen. Setting the frame |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
826 height ``for real'' does not always work, because knowing the correct |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
827 actual size may be necessary for correct cursor positioning on a |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
828 terminal frame. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
829 @end defun |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
830 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
831 @defun set-frame-width frame width &optional pretend |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
832 This function sets the width of @var{frame}, measured in characters. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
833 The argument @var{pretend} has the same meaning as in |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
834 @code{set-frame-height}. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
835 @end defun |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
836 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
837 @findex set-screen-height |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
838 @findex set-screen-width |
|
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
839 The older functions @code{set-screen-height} and |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
840 @code{set-screen-width} were used to specify the height and width of the |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
841 screen, in Emacs versions that did not support multiple frames. They |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
842 are semi-obsolete, but still work; they apply to the selected frame. |
| 6547 | 843 |
|
64882
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
844 @node Geometry |
|
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
845 @subsection Geometry |
|
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
846 |
|
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
847 Here's how to examine the data in an X-style window geometry |
|
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
848 specification: |
|
8269d1de182b
(Geometry): New node, split from Size and Position.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64878
diff
changeset
|
849 |
| 6547 | 850 @defun x-parse-geometry geom |
| 851 @cindex geometry specification | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
852 The function @code{x-parse-geometry} converts a standard X window |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
853 geometry string to an alist that you can use as part of the argument to |
| 6547 | 854 @code{make-frame}. |
| 855 | |
| 856 The alist describes which parameters were specified in @var{geom}, and | |
| 857 gives the values specified for them. Each element looks like | |
| 858 @code{(@var{parameter} . @var{value})}. The possible @var{parameter} | |
| 859 values are @code{left}, @code{top}, @code{width}, and @code{height}. | |
| 860 | |
| 12067 | 861 For the size parameters, the value must be an integer. The position |
| 862 parameter names @code{left} and @code{top} are not totally accurate, | |
| 863 because some values indicate the position of the right or bottom edges | |
| 864 instead. These are the @var{value} possibilities for the position | |
| 865 parameters: | |
| 866 | |
| 867 @table @asis | |
| 868 @item an integer | |
| 869 A positive integer relates the left edge or top edge of the window to | |
| 870 the left or top edge of the screen. A negative integer relates the | |
| 871 right or bottom edge of the window to the right or bottom edge of the | |
| 872 screen. | |
| 873 | |
| 12098 | 874 @item @code{(+ @var{position})} |
| 12067 | 875 This specifies the position of the left or top edge of the window |
| 876 relative to the left or top edge of the screen. The integer | |
| 877 @var{position} may be positive or negative; a negative value specifies a | |
| 878 position outside the screen. | |
| 879 | |
| 12098 | 880 @item @code{(- @var{position})} |
| 12067 | 881 This specifies the position of the right or bottom edge of the window |
| 882 relative to the right or bottom edge of the screen. The integer | |
| 883 @var{position} may be positive or negative; a negative value specifies a | |
| 884 position outside the screen. | |
| 885 @end table | |
| 886 | |
| 887 Here is an example: | |
| 888 | |
| 12098 | 889 @example |
| 6547 | 890 (x-parse-geometry "35x70+0-0") |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
891 @result{} ((height . 70) (width . 35) |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
892 (top - 0) (left . 0)) |
| 12098 | 893 @end example |
| 6547 | 894 @end defun |
| 895 | |
| 12067 | 896 @node Frame Titles |
| 897 @section Frame Titles | |
| 76837 | 898 @cindex frame title |
| 12067 | 899 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
900 Every frame has a @code{name} parameter; this serves as the default |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
901 for the frame title which window systems typically display at the top of |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
902 the frame. You can specify a name explicitly by setting the @code{name} |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
903 frame property. |
| 12067 | 904 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
905 Normally you don't specify the name explicitly, and Emacs computes the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
906 frame name automatically based on a template stored in the variable |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
907 @code{frame-title-format}. Emacs recomputes the name each time the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
908 frame is redisplayed. |
| 12067 | 909 |
| 910 @defvar frame-title-format | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
911 This variable specifies how to compute a name for a frame when you have |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
912 not explicitly specified one. The variable's value is actually a mode |
|
73353
ae1dd9c6ba18
* frames.texi (Frame Titles): %c and %l are ignored in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72680
diff
changeset
|
913 line construct, just like @code{mode-line-format}, except that the |
|
ae1dd9c6ba18
* frames.texi (Frame Titles): %c and %l are ignored in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72680
diff
changeset
|
914 @samp{%c} and @samp{%l} constructs are ignored. @xref{Mode Line |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
915 Data}. |
| 12067 | 916 @end defvar |
| 917 | |
| 918 @defvar icon-title-format | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
919 This variable specifies how to compute the name for an iconified frame, |
| 12067 | 920 when you have not explicitly specified the frame title. This title |
| 921 appears in the icon itself. | |
| 922 @end defvar | |
| 923 | |
| 924 @defvar multiple-frames | |
| 925 This variable is set automatically by Emacs. Its value is @code{t} when | |
| 926 there are two or more frames (not counting minibuffer-only frames or | |
| 927 invisible frames). The default value of @code{frame-title-format} uses | |
| 928 @code{multiple-frames} so as to put the buffer name in the frame title | |
| 929 only when there is more than one frame. | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
930 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
931 The value of this variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
932 while processing @code{frame-title-format} or |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
933 @code{icon-title-format}. |
| 12067 | 934 @end defvar |
| 935 | |
| 6547 | 936 @node Deleting Frames |
| 937 @section Deleting Frames | |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
938 @cindex deleting frames |
| 6547 | 939 |
| 940 Frames remain potentially visible until you explicitly @dfn{delete} | |
| 941 them. A deleted frame cannot appear on the screen, but continues to | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
942 exist as a Lisp object until there are no references to it. |
| 6547 | 943 |
| 26388 | 944 @deffn Command delete-frame &optional frame force |
|
52144
85f4da4e24de
(Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
945 @vindex delete-frame-functions |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
946 This function deletes the frame @var{frame}. Unless @var{frame} is a |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
947 tooltip, it first runs the hook @code{delete-frame-functions} (each |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
948 function gets one argument, @var{frame}). By default, @var{frame} is |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
949 the selected frame. |
| 26388 | 950 |
| 951 A frame cannot be deleted if its minibuffer is used by other frames. | |
| 952 Normally, you cannot delete a frame if all other frames are invisible, | |
| 953 but if the @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, then you are allowed to do so. | |
| 6547 | 954 @end deffn |
| 955 | |
| 956 @defun frame-live-p frame | |
| 957 The function @code{frame-live-p} returns non-@code{nil} if the frame | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
958 @var{frame} has not been deleted. The possible non-@code{nil} return |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
959 values are like those of @code{framep}. @xref{Frames}. |
| 6547 | 960 @end defun |
| 961 | |
| 12067 | 962 Some window managers provide a command to delete a window. These work |
|
12125
995be67f3fd1
updates for version 19.29.
Melissa Weisshaus <melissa@gnu.org>
parents:
12098
diff
changeset
|
963 by sending a special message to the program that operates the window. |
| 12067 | 964 When Emacs gets one of these commands, it generates a |
| 965 @code{delete-frame} event, whose normal definition is a command that | |
| 966 calls the function @code{delete-frame}. @xref{Misc Events}. | |
| 967 | |
| 6547 | 968 @node Finding All Frames |
| 969 @section Finding All Frames | |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
970 @cindex frames, scanning all |
| 6547 | 971 |
| 972 @defun frame-list | |
| 973 The function @code{frame-list} returns a list of all the frames that | |
| 974 have not been deleted. It is analogous to @code{buffer-list} for | |
|
39504
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
975 buffers, and includes frames on all terminals. The list that you get is |
|
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
976 newly created, so modifying the list doesn't have any effect on the |
|
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
977 internals of Emacs. |
| 6547 | 978 @end defun |
| 979 | |
| 980 @defun visible-frame-list | |
| 981 This function returns a list of just the currently visible frames. | |
| 12067 | 982 @xref{Visibility of Frames}. (Terminal frames always count as |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
983 ``visible,'' even though only the selected one is actually displayed.) |
| 6547 | 984 @end defun |
| 985 | |
| 986 @defun next-frame &optional frame minibuf | |
| 987 The function @code{next-frame} lets you cycle conveniently through all | |
|
39504
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
988 the frames on the current display from an arbitrary starting point. It |
|
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
989 returns the ``next'' frame after @var{frame} in the cycle. If |
|
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
990 @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected frame |
|
af867d560348
(Finding All Frames): Document that next-frame and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39402
diff
changeset
|
991 (@pxref{Input Focus}). |
| 6547 | 992 |
| 993 The second argument, @var{minibuf}, says which frames to consider: | |
| 994 | |
| 995 @table @asis | |
| 996 @item @code{nil} | |
| 997 Exclude minibuffer-only frames. | |
| 998 @item @code{visible} | |
| 999 Consider all visible frames. | |
| 12098 | 1000 @item 0 |
| 1001 Consider all visible or iconified frames. | |
| 6547 | 1002 @item a window |
| 1003 Consider only the frames using that particular window as their | |
| 1004 minibuffer. | |
| 1005 @item anything else | |
| 1006 Consider all frames. | |
| 1007 @end table | |
| 1008 @end defun | |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 @defun previous-frame &optional frame minibuf | |
| 1011 Like @code{next-frame}, but cycles through all frames in the opposite | |
| 1012 direction. | |
| 1013 @end defun | |
| 1014 | |
| 12098 | 1015 See also @code{next-window} and @code{previous-window}, in @ref{Cyclic |
| 1016 Window Ordering}. | |
| 1017 | |
| 6547 | 1018 @node Frames and Windows |
| 1019 @section Frames and Windows | |
| 1020 | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1021 Each window is part of one and only one frame; you can get the frame |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1022 with @code{window-frame}. |
| 6547 | 1023 |
| 1024 @defun window-frame window | |
| 1025 This function returns the frame that @var{window} is on. | |
| 1026 @end defun | |
| 1027 | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1028 All the non-minibuffer windows in a frame are arranged in a cyclic |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1029 order. The order runs from the frame's top window, which is at the |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1030 upper left corner, down and to the right, until it reaches the window at |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1031 the lower right corner (always the minibuffer window, if the frame has |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1032 one), and then it moves back to the top. @xref{Cyclic Window Ordering}. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
| 54030 | 1034 @defun frame-first-window &optional frame |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1035 This returns the topmost, leftmost window of frame @var{frame}. |
| 54030 | 1036 If omitted or @code{nil}, @var{frame} defaults to the selected frame. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1037 @end defun |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
| 6547 | 1039 At any time, exactly one window on any frame is @dfn{selected within the |
| 1040 frame}. The significance of this designation is that selecting the | |
| 1041 frame also selects this window. You can get the frame's current | |
| 1042 selected window with @code{frame-selected-window}. | |
| 1043 | |
| 54030 | 1044 @defun frame-selected-window &optional frame |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1045 This function returns the window on @var{frame} that is selected |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1046 within @var{frame}. If omitted or @code{nil}, @var{frame} defaults to |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1047 the selected frame. |
| 6547 | 1048 @end defun |
| 1049 | |
|
53426
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1050 @defun set-frame-selected-window frame window |
|
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1051 This sets the selected window of frame @var{frame} to @var{window}. |
|
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1052 If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it operates on the selected frame. If |
|
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1053 @var{frame} is the selected frame, this makes @var{window} the |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1054 selected window. This function returns @var{window}. |
|
53426
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1055 @end defun |
|
adae6745b4c9
(Frames and Windows): Add set-frame-selected-window and frame-root-window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1056 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1057 Conversely, selecting a window for Emacs with @code{select-window} also |
| 6547 | 1058 makes that window selected within its frame. @xref{Selecting Windows}. |
| 1059 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1060 Another function that (usually) returns one of the windows in a given |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1061 frame is @code{minibuffer-window}. @xref{Definition of minibuffer-window}. |
| 12098 | 1062 |
| 6547 | 1063 @node Minibuffers and Frames |
| 1064 @section Minibuffers and Frames | |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 Normally, each frame has its own minibuffer window at the bottom, which | |
| 1067 is used whenever that frame is selected. If the frame has a minibuffer, | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1068 you can get it with @code{minibuffer-window} (@pxref{Definition of |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1069 minibuffer-window}). |
| 6547 | 1070 |
| 1071 However, you can also create a frame with no minibuffer. Such a frame | |
| 1072 must use the minibuffer window of some other frame. When you create the | |
| 12098 | 1073 frame, you can specify explicitly the minibuffer window to use (in some |
| 1074 other frame). If you don't, then the minibuffer is found in the frame | |
| 1075 which is the value of the variable @code{default-minibuffer-frame}. Its | |
| 1076 value should be a frame that does have a minibuffer. | |
| 6547 | 1077 |
| 1078 If you use a minibuffer-only frame, you might want that frame to raise | |
| 1079 when you enter the minibuffer. If so, set the variable | |
| 1080 @code{minibuffer-auto-raise} to @code{t}. @xref{Raising and Lowering}. | |
| 1081 | |
| 12067 | 1082 @defvar default-minibuffer-frame |
| 1083 This variable specifies the frame to use for the minibuffer window, by | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1084 default. It does not affect existing frames. It is always local to |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1085 the current terminal and cannot be buffer-local. @xref{Multiple |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1086 Displays}. |
| 12067 | 1087 @end defvar |
| 1088 | |
| 6547 | 1089 @node Input Focus |
| 1090 @section Input Focus | |
| 1091 @cindex input focus | |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
1092 @c @cindex selected frame Duplicates selected-frame |
| 6547 | 1093 |
| 1094 At any time, one frame in Emacs is the @dfn{selected frame}. The selected | |
| 1095 window always resides on the selected frame. | |
| 1096 | |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1097 When Emacs displays its frames on several terminals (@pxref{Multiple |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1098 Displays}), each terminal has its own selected frame. But only one of |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1099 these is ``@emph{the} selected frame'': it's the frame that belongs to |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1100 the terminal from which the most recent input came. That is, when Emacs |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1101 runs a command that came from a certain terminal, the selected frame is |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1102 the one of that terminal. Since Emacs runs only a single command at any |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1103 given time, it needs to consider only one selected frame at a time; this |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1104 frame is what we call @dfn{the selected frame} in this manual. The |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1105 display on which the selected frame is displayed is the @dfn{selected |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1106 frame's display}. |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
| 6547 | 1108 @defun selected-frame |
| 1109 This function returns the selected frame. | |
| 1110 @end defun | |
| 1111 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1112 Some window systems and window managers direct keyboard input to the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1113 window object that the mouse is in; others require explicit clicks or |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1114 commands to @dfn{shift the focus} to various window objects. Either |
|
56338
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1115 way, Emacs automatically keeps track of which frame has the focus. To |
|
56366
b281f2cb7724
(Input Focus): Capitalize Lisp.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56338
diff
changeset
|
1116 switch to a different frame from a Lisp function, call |
|
56338
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1117 @code{select-frame-set-input-focus}. |
| 6547 | 1118 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1119 Lisp programs can also switch frames ``temporarily'' by calling the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1120 function @code{select-frame}. This does not alter the window system's |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1121 concept of focus; rather, it escapes from the window manager's control |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1122 until that control is somehow reasserted. |
| 6547 | 1123 |
|
56338
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1124 When using a text-only terminal, only one frame can be displayed at a |
|
56371
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1125 time on the terminal, so after a call to @code{select-frame}, the next |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1126 redisplay actually displays the newly selected frame. This frame |
|
56380
dcdd02599cbd
(Input Focus): Minor fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56371
diff
changeset
|
1127 remains selected until a subsequent call to @code{select-frame} or |
|
56371
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1128 @code{select-frame-set-input-focus}. Each terminal frame has a number |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1129 which appears in the mode line before the buffer name (@pxref{Mode |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1130 Line Variables}). |
|
56338
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
|
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1132 @defun select-frame-set-input-focus frame |
|
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1133 This function makes @var{frame} the selected frame, raises it (should |
|
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1134 it happen to be obscured by other frames) and tries to give it the X |
|
56371
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1135 server's focus. On a text-only terminal, the next redisplay displays |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1136 the new frame on the entire terminal screen. The return value of this |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1137 function is not significant. |
|
56338
fa931ffb96c8
(Input Focus): Add documentation for `select-frame-set-input-focus'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56215
diff
changeset
|
1138 @end defun |
| 12067 | 1139 |
| 6547 | 1140 @c ??? This is not yet implemented properly. |
| 1141 @defun select-frame frame | |
| 1142 This function selects frame @var{frame}, temporarily disregarding the | |
| 12067 | 1143 focus of the X server if any. The selection of @var{frame} lasts until |
| 1144 the next time the user does something to select a different frame, or | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1145 until the next time this function is called. (If you are using a |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1146 window system, the previously selected frame may be restored as the |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1147 selected frame after return to the command loop, because it still may |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1148 have the window system's input focus.) The specified @var{frame} |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1149 becomes the selected frame, as explained above, and the terminal that |
|
56371
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1150 @var{frame} is on becomes the selected terminal. This function |
|
48a83b7f435a
(Input Focus): Clarify descriptions of `select-frame-set-input-focus'
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56366
diff
changeset
|
1151 returns @var{frame}, or @code{nil} if @var{frame} has been deleted. |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1153 In general, you should never use @code{select-frame} in a way that could |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1154 switch to a different terminal without switching back when you're done. |
| 6547 | 1155 @end defun |
| 1156 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1157 Emacs cooperates with the window system by arranging to select frames as |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1158 the server and window manager request. It does so by generating a |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1159 special kind of input event, called a @dfn{focus} event, when |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1160 appropriate. The command loop handles a focus event by calling |
|
13155
0b8e0559dcee
Fix several minor errors.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12676
diff
changeset
|
1161 @code{handle-switch-frame}. @xref{Focus Events}. |
| 6547 | 1162 |
| 1163 @deffn Command handle-switch-frame frame | |
| 1164 This function handles a focus event by selecting frame @var{frame}. | |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 Focus events normally do their job by invoking this command. | |
| 1167 Don't call it for any other reason. | |
| 1168 @end deffn | |
| 1169 | |
| 54030 | 1170 @defun redirect-frame-focus frame &optional focus-frame |
| 6547 | 1171 This function redirects focus from @var{frame} to @var{focus-frame}. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1172 This means that @var{focus-frame} will receive subsequent keystrokes and |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1173 events intended for @var{frame}. After such an event, the value of |
| 6547 | 1174 @code{last-event-frame} will be @var{focus-frame}. Also, switch-frame |
| 1175 events specifying @var{frame} will instead select @var{focus-frame}. | |
| 1176 | |
| 54030 | 1177 If @var{focus-frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, that cancels any existing |
| 6547 | 1178 redirection for @var{frame}, which therefore once again receives its own |
| 1179 events. | |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 One use of focus redirection is for frames that don't have minibuffers. | |
| 1182 These frames use minibuffers on other frames. Activating a minibuffer | |
| 1183 on another frame redirects focus to that frame. This puts the focus on | |
| 1184 the minibuffer's frame, where it belongs, even though the mouse remains | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
1185 in the frame that activated the minibuffer. |
| 6547 | 1186 |
| 1187 Selecting a frame can also change focus redirections. Selecting frame | |
| 1188 @code{bar}, when @code{foo} had been selected, changes any redirections | |
| 1189 pointing to @code{foo} so that they point to @code{bar} instead. This | |
| 1190 allows focus redirection to work properly when the user switches from | |
| 1191 one frame to another using @code{select-window}. | |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 This means that a frame whose focus is redirected to itself is treated | |
| 1194 differently from a frame whose focus is not redirected. | |
| 1195 @code{select-frame} affects the former but not the latter. | |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 The redirection lasts until @code{redirect-frame-focus} is called to | |
| 1198 change it. | |
| 1199 @end defun | |
| 1200 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1201 @defopt focus-follows-mouse |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1202 This option is how you inform Emacs whether the window manager transfers |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1203 focus when the user moves the mouse. Non-@code{nil} says that it does. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1204 When this is so, the command @code{other-frame} moves the mouse to a |
|
72049
0c9580c375bc
(Input Focus): Document that focus-follows-mouse has no effect on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
71957
diff
changeset
|
1205 position consistent with the new selected frame. (This option has no |
|
0c9580c375bc
(Input Focus): Document that focus-follows-mouse has no effect on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
71957
diff
changeset
|
1206 effect on MS-Windows, where the mouse pointer is always automatically |
|
0c9580c375bc
(Input Focus): Document that focus-follows-mouse has no effect on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
71957
diff
changeset
|
1207 moved by the OS to the selected frame.) |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1208 @end defopt |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1209 |
| 6547 | 1210 @node Visibility of Frames |
| 1211 @section Visibility of Frames | |
| 1212 @cindex visible frame | |
| 1213 @cindex invisible frame | |
| 1214 @cindex iconified frame | |
| 1215 @cindex frame visibility | |
| 1216 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1217 A window frame may be @dfn{visible}, @dfn{invisible}, or |
|
74313
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1218 @dfn{iconified}. If it is visible, you can see its contents, unless |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1219 other windows cover it. If it is iconified, the frame's contents do |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1220 not appear on the screen, but an icon does. If the frame is |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1221 invisible, it doesn't show on the screen, not even as an icon. |
| 12067 | 1222 |
| 1223 Visibility is meaningless for terminal frames, since only the selected | |
| 1224 one is actually displayed in any case. | |
| 6547 | 1225 |
| 1226 @deffn Command make-frame-visible &optional frame | |
|
74313
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1227 This function makes frame @var{frame} visible. If you omit |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1228 @var{frame}, it makes the selected frame visible. This does not raise |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1229 the frame, but you can do that with @code{raise-frame} if you wish |
|
b9b794014fe1
(Visibility of Frames): Explain visible windows
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
73861
diff
changeset
|
1230 (@pxref{Raising and Lowering}). |
| 6547 | 1231 @end deffn |
| 1232 | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1233 @deffn Command make-frame-invisible &optional frame force |
| 6547 | 1234 This function makes frame @var{frame} invisible. If you omit |
| 1235 @var{frame}, it makes the selected frame invisible. | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1236 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1237 Unless @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, this function refuses to make |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1238 @var{frame} invisible if all other frames are invisible.. |
| 6547 | 1239 @end deffn |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 @deffn Command iconify-frame &optional frame | |
| 1242 This function iconifies frame @var{frame}. If you omit @var{frame}, it | |
| 1243 iconifies the selected frame. | |
| 1244 @end deffn | |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 @defun frame-visible-p frame | |
| 1247 This returns the visibility status of frame @var{frame}. The value is | |
| 1248 @code{t} if @var{frame} is visible, @code{nil} if it is invisible, and | |
| 1249 @code{icon} if it is iconified. | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1251 On a text-only terminal, all frames are considered visible, whether |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1252 they are currently being displayed or not, and this function returns |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1253 @code{t} for all frames. |
| 6547 | 1254 @end defun |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 The visibility status of a frame is also available as a frame | |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
1257 parameter. You can read or change it as such. @xref{Management |
| 6547 | 1258 Parameters}. |
| 1259 | |
| 12067 | 1260 The user can iconify and deiconify frames with the window manager. |
| 1261 This happens below the level at which Emacs can exert any control, but | |
| 1262 Emacs does provide events that you can use to keep track of such | |
| 1263 changes. @xref{Misc Events}. | |
| 1264 | |
| 6547 | 1265 @node Raising and Lowering |
| 1266 @section Raising and Lowering Frames | |
| 1267 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1268 Most window systems use a desktop metaphor. Part of this metaphor is |
| 6547 | 1269 the idea that windows are stacked in a notional third dimension |
| 1270 perpendicular to the screen surface, and thus ordered from ``highest'' | |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
1271 to ``lowest.'' Where two windows overlap, the one higher up covers |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1272 the one underneath. Even a window at the bottom of the stack can be |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1273 seen if no other window overlaps it. |
| 6547 | 1274 |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
1275 @c @cindex raising a frame redundant with raise-frame |
| 6547 | 1276 @cindex lowering a frame |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1277 A window's place in this ordering is not fixed; in fact, users tend |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1278 to change the order frequently. @dfn{Raising} a window means moving |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
1279 it ``up,'' to the top of the stack. @dfn{Lowering} a window means |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1280 moving it to the bottom of the stack. This motion is in the notional |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1281 third dimension only, and does not change the position of the window |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1282 on the screen. |
| 6547 | 1283 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1284 You can raise and lower Emacs frame Windows with these functions: |
| 6547 | 1285 |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1286 @deffn Command raise-frame &optional frame |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1287 This function raises frame @var{frame} (default, the selected frame). |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1288 If @var{frame} is invisible or iconified, this makes it visible. |
| 12067 | 1289 @end deffn |
| 6547 | 1290 |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1291 @deffn Command lower-frame &optional frame |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1292 This function lowers frame @var{frame} (default, the selected frame). |
| 12067 | 1293 @end deffn |
| 6547 | 1294 |
| 1295 @defopt minibuffer-auto-raise | |
| 1296 If this is non-@code{nil}, activation of the minibuffer raises the frame | |
| 1297 that the minibuffer window is in. | |
| 1298 @end defopt | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 You can also enable auto-raise (raising automatically when a frame is | |
| 1301 selected) or auto-lower (lowering automatically when it is deselected) | |
|
64873
a8651fc70979
(Window Frame Parameters): Node split up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64451
diff
changeset
|
1302 for any frame using frame parameters. @xref{Management Parameters}. |
| 6547 | 1303 |
| 1304 @node Frame Configurations | |
| 1305 @section Frame Configurations | |
| 1306 @cindex frame configuration | |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 A @dfn{frame configuration} records the current arrangement of frames, | |
| 1309 all their properties, and the window configuration of each one. | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1310 (@xref{Window Configurations}.) |
| 6547 | 1311 |
| 1312 @defun current-frame-configuration | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
1313 This function returns a frame configuration list that describes |
| 6547 | 1314 the current arrangement of frames and their contents. |
| 1315 @end defun | |
| 1316 | |
| 26388 | 1317 @defun set-frame-configuration configuration &optional nodelete |
| 6547 | 1318 This function restores the state of frames described in |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1319 @var{configuration}. However, this function does not restore deleted |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1320 frames. |
| 26388 | 1321 |
| 1322 Ordinarily, this function deletes all existing frames not listed in | |
| 1323 @var{configuration}. But if @var{nodelete} is non-@code{nil}, the | |
| 1324 unwanted frames are iconified instead. | |
| 6547 | 1325 @end defun |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 @node Mouse Tracking | |
| 1328 @section Mouse Tracking | |
| 1329 @cindex mouse tracking | |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
1330 @c @cindex tracking the mouse Duplicates track-mouse |
| 6547 | 1331 |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
1332 Sometimes it is useful to @dfn{track} the mouse, which means to display |
| 6547 | 1333 something to indicate where the mouse is and move the indicator as the |
| 1334 mouse moves. For efficient mouse tracking, you need a way to wait until | |
| 1335 the mouse actually moves. | |
| 1336 | |
|
77006
1f4b88ab053d
Improve index entries. Remove redundant/useless ones.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76841
diff
changeset
|
1337 The convenient way to track the mouse is to ask for events to represent |
| 6547 | 1338 mouse motion. Then you can wait for motion by waiting for an event. In |
| 1339 addition, you can easily handle any other sorts of events that may | |
| 1340 occur. That is useful, because normally you don't want to track the | |
| 1341 mouse forever---only until some other event, such as the release of a | |
| 1342 button. | |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 @defspec track-mouse body@dots{} | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1345 This special form executes @var{body}, with generation of mouse motion |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1346 events enabled. Typically @var{body} would use @code{read-event} to |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1347 read the motion events and modify the display accordingly. @xref{Motion |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1348 Events}, for the format of mouse motion events. |
| 6547 | 1349 |
| 1350 The value of @code{track-mouse} is that of the last form in @var{body}. | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1351 You should design @var{body} to return when it sees the up-event that |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1352 indicates the release of the button, or whatever kind of event means |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1353 it is time to stop tracking. |
| 6547 | 1354 @end defspec |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 The usual purpose of tracking mouse motion is to indicate on the screen | |
| 1357 the consequences of pushing or releasing a button at the current | |
| 1358 position. | |
| 1359 | |
| 12098 | 1360 In many cases, you can avoid the need to track the mouse by using |
| 1361 the @code{mouse-face} text property (@pxref{Special Properties}). | |
| 1362 That works at a much lower level and runs more smoothly than | |
| 1363 Lisp-level mouse tracking. | |
| 1364 | |
| 6547 | 1365 @ignore |
| 1366 @c These are not implemented yet. | |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 These functions change the screen appearance instantaneously. The | |
| 1369 effect is transient, only until the next ordinary Emacs redisplay. That | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1370 is OK for mouse tracking, since it doesn't make sense for mouse tracking |
| 6547 | 1371 to change the text, and the body of @code{track-mouse} normally reads |
| 1372 the events itself and does not do redisplay. | |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 @defun x-contour-region window beg end | |
| 1375 This function draws lines to make a box around the text from @var{beg} | |
| 1376 to @var{end}, in window @var{window}. | |
| 1377 @end defun | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 @defun x-uncontour-region window beg end | |
| 1380 This function erases the lines that would make a box around the text | |
| 1381 from @var{beg} to @var{end}, in window @var{window}. Use it to remove | |
| 1382 a contour that you previously made by calling @code{x-contour-region}. | |
| 1383 @end defun | |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 @defun x-draw-rectangle frame left top right bottom | |
| 1386 This function draws a hollow rectangle on frame @var{frame} with the | |
| 1387 specified edge coordinates, all measured in pixels from the inside top | |
| 1388 left corner. It uses the cursor color, the one used for indicating the | |
| 1389 location of point. | |
| 1390 @end defun | |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 @defun x-erase-rectangle frame left top right bottom | |
| 1393 This function erases a hollow rectangle on frame @var{frame} with the | |
| 1394 specified edge coordinates, all measured in pixels from the inside top | |
| 1395 left corner. Erasure means redrawing the text and background that | |
| 1396 normally belong in the specified rectangle. | |
| 1397 @end defun | |
| 1398 @end ignore | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 @node Mouse Position | |
| 1401 @section Mouse Position | |
| 1402 @cindex mouse position | |
| 1403 @cindex position of mouse | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 The functions @code{mouse-position} and @code{set-mouse-position} | |
| 1406 give access to the current position of the mouse. | |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 @defun mouse-position | |
| 1409 This function returns a description of the position of the mouse. The | |
| 1410 value looks like @code{(@var{frame} @var{x} . @var{y})}, where @var{x} | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1411 and @var{y} are integers giving the position in characters relative to |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1412 the top left corner of the inside of @var{frame}. |
| 6547 | 1413 @end defun |
| 1414 | |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
1415 @defvar mouse-position-function |
|
39221
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1416 If non-@code{nil}, the value of this variable is a function for |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1417 @code{mouse-position} to call. @code{mouse-position} calls this |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1418 function just before returning, with its normal return value as the |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1419 sole argument, and it returns whatever this function returns to it. |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1421 This abnormal hook exists for the benefit of packages like |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
1422 @file{xt-mouse.el} that need to do mouse handling at the Lisp level. |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
1423 @end defvar |
|
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
| 6547 | 1425 @defun set-mouse-position frame x y |
| 1426 This function @dfn{warps the mouse} to position @var{x}, @var{y} in | |
| 1427 frame @var{frame}. The arguments @var{x} and @var{y} are integers, | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1428 giving the position in characters relative to the top left corner of the |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1429 inside of @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is not visible, this function |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1430 does nothing. The return value is not significant. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1431 @end defun |
| 6547 | 1432 |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1433 @defun mouse-pixel-position |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1434 This function is like @code{mouse-position} except that it returns |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1435 coordinates in units of pixels rather than units of characters. |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1436 @end defun |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1438 @defun set-mouse-pixel-position frame x y |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1439 This function warps the mouse like @code{set-mouse-position} except that |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1440 @var{x} and @var{y} are in units of pixels rather than units of |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1441 characters. These coordinates are not required to be within the frame. |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1443 If @var{frame} is not visible, this function does nothing. The return |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1444 value is not significant. |
| 6547 | 1445 @end defun |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 @need 3000 | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 @node Pop-Up Menus | |
| 1450 @section Pop-Up Menus | |
| 1451 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1452 When using a window system, a Lisp program can pop up a menu so that |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1453 the user can choose an alternative with the mouse. |
| 12067 | 1454 |
| 6547 | 1455 @defun x-popup-menu position menu |
| 1456 This function displays a pop-up menu and returns an indication of | |
| 1457 what selection the user makes. | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 The argument @var{position} specifies where on the screen to put the | |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1460 top left corner of the menu. It can be either a mouse button event |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1461 (which says to put the menu where the user actuated the button) or a |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1462 list of this form: |
| 6547 | 1463 |
| 1464 @example | |
| 1465 ((@var{xoffset} @var{yoffset}) @var{window}) | |
| 1466 @end example | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 @noindent | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1469 where @var{xoffset} and @var{yoffset} are coordinates, measured in |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1470 pixels, counting from the top left corner of @var{window}. @var{window} |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1471 may be a window or a frame. |
| 6547 | 1472 |
| 1473 If @var{position} is @code{t}, it means to use the current mouse | |
| 1474 position. If @var{position} is @code{nil}, it means to precompute the | |
| 1475 key binding equivalents for the keymaps specified in @var{menu}, | |
| 1476 without actually displaying or popping up the menu. | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 The argument @var{menu} says what to display in the menu. It can be a | |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1479 keymap or a list of keymaps (@pxref{Menu Keymaps}). In this case, the |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1480 return value is the list of events corresponding to the user's choice. |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1481 (This list has more than one element if the choice occurred in a |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1482 submenu.) Note that @code{x-popup-menu} does not actually execute the |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1483 command bound to that sequence of events. |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1485 Alternatively, @var{menu} can have the following form: |
| 6547 | 1486 |
| 1487 @example | |
| 1488 (@var{title} @var{pane1} @var{pane2}...) | |
| 1489 @end example | |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 @noindent | |
| 1492 where each pane is a list of form | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 @example | |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1495 (@var{title} @var{item1} @var{item2}...) |
| 6547 | 1496 @end example |
| 1497 | |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1498 Each item should normally be a cons cell @code{(@var{line} . @var{value})}, |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1499 where @var{line} is a string, and @var{value} is the value to return if |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1500 that @var{line} is chosen. An item can also be a string; this makes a |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1501 non-selectable line in the menu. |
|
62095
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1503 If the user gets rid of the menu without making a valid choice, for |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1504 instance by clicking the mouse away from a valid choice or by typing |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1505 keyboard input, then this normally results in a quit and |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1506 @code{x-popup-menu} does not return. But if @var{position} is a mouse |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1507 button event (indicating that the user invoked the menu with the |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1508 mouse) then no quit occurs and @code{x-popup-menu} returns @code{nil}. |
| 6547 | 1509 @end defun |
| 1510 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1511 @strong{Usage note:} Don't use @code{x-popup-menu} to display a menu |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1512 if you could do the job with a prefix key defined with a menu keymap. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1513 If you use a menu keymap to implement a menu, @kbd{C-h c} and @kbd{C-h |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1514 a} can see the individual items in that menu and provide help for them. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1515 If instead you implement the menu by defining a command that calls |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1516 @code{x-popup-menu}, the help facilities cannot know what happens inside |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1517 that command, so they cannot give any help for the menu's items. |
|
14200
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1519 The menu bar mechanism, which lets you switch between submenus by |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1520 moving the mouse, cannot look within the definition of a command to see |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1521 that it calls @code{x-popup-menu}. Therefore, if you try to implement a |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1522 submenu using @code{x-popup-menu}, it cannot work with the menu bar in |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1523 an integrated fashion. This is why all menu bar submenus are |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1524 implemented with menu keymaps within the parent menu, and never with |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1525 @code{x-popup-menu}. @xref{Menu Bar}. |
|
14200
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1526 |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1527 If you want a menu bar submenu to have contents that vary, you should |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1528 still use a menu keymap to implement it. To make the contents vary, add |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1529 a hook function to @code{menu-bar-update-hook} to update the contents of |
|
5a3beebafdcb
Explain avoiding x-popup-menu for menu bar submenu.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13155
diff
changeset
|
1530 the menu keymap as necessary. |
| 6547 | 1531 |
| 1532 @node Dialog Boxes | |
| 1533 @section Dialog Boxes | |
| 1534 @cindex dialog boxes | |
| 1535 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1536 A dialog box is a variant of a pop-up menu---it looks a little |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1537 different, it always appears in the center of a frame, and it has just |
|
62663
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1538 one level and one or more buttons. The main use of dialog boxes is |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
1539 for asking questions that the user can answer with ``yes,'' ``no,'' |
|
62663
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1540 and a few other alternatives. With a single button, they can also |
|
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1541 force the user to acknowledge important information. The functions |
|
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1542 @code{y-or-n-p} and @code{yes-or-no-p} use dialog boxes instead of the |
|
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1543 keyboard, when called from commands invoked by mouse clicks. |
| 6547 | 1544 |
|
62679
800ffd9ab4b2
(Dialog Boxes): HEADER argument to `x-popup-dialog' is optional.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62664
diff
changeset
|
1545 @defun x-popup-dialog position contents &optional header |
| 6547 | 1546 This function displays a pop-up dialog box and returns an indication of |
| 1547 what selection the user makes. The argument @var{contents} specifies | |
| 1548 the alternatives to offer; it has this format: | |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 @example | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1551 (@var{title} (@var{string} . @var{value})@dots{}) |
| 6547 | 1552 @end example |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 @noindent | |
| 1555 which looks like the list that specifies a single pane for | |
| 1556 @code{x-popup-menu}. | |
| 1557 | |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1558 The return value is @var{value} from the chosen alternative. |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1559 |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1560 As for @code{x-popup-menu}, an element of the list may be just a |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1561 string instead of a cons cell @code{(@var{string} . @var{value})}. |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1562 That makes a box that cannot be selected. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1564 If @code{nil} appears in the list, it separates the left-hand items from |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1565 the right-hand items; items that precede the @code{nil} appear on the |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1566 left, and items that follow the @code{nil} appear on the right. If you |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1567 don't include a @code{nil} in the list, then approximately half the |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1568 items appear on each side. |
|
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
| 6547 | 1570 Dialog boxes always appear in the center of a frame; the argument |
| 1571 @var{position} specifies which frame. The possible values are as in | |
|
62013
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1572 @code{x-popup-menu}, but the precise coordinates or the individual |
|
9208ec58c990
(Pop-Up Menus): Correct and clarify description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60445
diff
changeset
|
1573 window don't matter; only the frame matters. |
|
7174
0313f520a4d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6547
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
|
62688
08abb83f8aec
(Dialog Boxes): Minor fixes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62679
diff
changeset
|
1575 If @var{header} is non-@code{nil}, the frame title for the box is |
|
08abb83f8aec
(Dialog Boxes): Minor fixes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62679
diff
changeset
|
1576 @samp{Information}, otherwise it is @samp{Question}. The former is used |
|
71882
98630b6d51a1
* display.texi (Displaying Messages): Add anchor.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
71857
diff
changeset
|
1577 for @code{message-box} (@pxref{message-box}). |
|
62663
68061d13d085
(Dialog Boxes): Descibe new optional argument.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62583
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1579 In some configurations, Emacs cannot display a real dialog box; so |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1580 instead it displays the same items in a pop-up menu in the center of the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1581 frame. |
|
62095
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1583 If the user gets rid of the dialog box without making a valid choice, |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1584 for instance using the window manager, then this produces a quit and |
|
f1e37047f8ed
(Pop-Up Menus): Complete description of `x-popup-menu'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62013
diff
changeset
|
1585 @code{x-popup-dialog} does not return. |
| 6547 | 1586 @end defun |
| 1587 | |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1588 @node Pointer Shape |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1589 @section Pointer Shape |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1590 @cindex pointer shape |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1591 @cindex mouse pointer shape |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1593 You can specify the mouse pointer style for particular text or |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1594 images using the @code{pointer} text property, and for images with the |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1595 @code{:pointer} and @code{:map} image properties. The values you can |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1596 use in these properties are @code{text} (or @code{nil}), @code{arrow}, |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1597 @code{hand}, @code{vdrag}, @code{hdrag}, @code{modeline}, and |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1598 @code{hourglass}. @code{text} stands for the usual mouse pointer |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1599 style used over text. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1601 Over void parts of the window (parts that do not correspond to any |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1602 of the buffer contents), the mouse pointer usually uses the |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1603 @code{arrow} style, but you can specify a different style (one of |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1604 those above) by setting @code{void-text-area-pointer}. |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1606 @defvar void-text-area-pointer |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1607 This variable specifies the mouse pointer style for void text areas. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1608 These include the areas after the end of a line or below the last line |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1609 in the buffer. The default is to use the @code{arrow} (non-text) |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1610 pointer style. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1611 @end defvar |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1613 You can specify what the @code{text} pointer style really looks like |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1614 by setting the variable @code{x-pointer-shape}. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1616 @defvar x-pointer-shape |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1617 This variable specifies the pointer shape to use ordinarily in the |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1618 Emacs frame, for the @code{text} pointer style. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1619 @end defvar |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1621 @defvar x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1622 This variable specifies the pointer shape to use when the mouse |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1623 is over mouse-sensitive text. |
|
70863
f7d02199a6d6
(Pointer Shape): @end table -> @end defvar.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
70844
diff
changeset
|
1624 @end defvar |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1625 |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1626 These variables affect newly created frames. They do not normally |
|
70844
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1627 affect existing frames; however, if you set the mouse color of a |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1628 frame, that also installs the current value of those two variables. |
|
ccbccf924250
(Pointer Shape): Node renamed from Pointer Shapes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68648
diff
changeset
|
1629 @xref{Color Parameters}. |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1631 The values you can use, to specify either of these pointer shapes, are |
| 15061 | 1632 defined in the file @file{lisp/term/x-win.el}. Use @kbd{M-x apropos |
|
7684
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1633 @key{RET} x-pointer @key{RET}} to see a list of them. |
|
ec7caebc4a1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7174
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1635 @node Window System Selections |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1636 @section Window System Selections |
| 35476 | 1637 @cindex selection (for window systems) |
| 6547 | 1638 |
| 1639 The X server records a set of @dfn{selections} which permit transfer of | |
| 1640 data between application programs. The various selections are | |
| 1641 distinguished by @dfn{selection types}, represented in Emacs by | |
| 1642 symbols. X clients including Emacs can read or set the selection for | |
| 1643 any given type. | |
| 1644 | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1645 @deffn Command x-set-selection type data |
| 6547 | 1646 This function sets a ``selection'' in the X server. It takes two |
| 1647 arguments: a selection type @var{type}, and the value to assign to it, | |
| 1648 @var{data}. If @var{data} is @code{nil}, it means to clear out the | |
| 1649 selection. Otherwise, @var{data} may be a string, a symbol, an integer | |
| 1650 (or a cons of two integers or list of two integers), an overlay, or a | |
| 1651 cons of two markers pointing to the same buffer. An overlay or a pair | |
| 1652 of markers stands for text in the overlay or between the markers. | |
| 1653 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1654 The argument @var{data} may also be a vector of valid non-vector |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1655 selection values. |
| 6547 | 1656 |
| 1657 Each possible @var{type} has its own selection value, which changes | |
| 54030 | 1658 independently. The usual values of @var{type} are @code{PRIMARY}, |
| 1659 @code{SECONDARY} and @code{CLIPBOARD}; these are symbols with upper-case | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1660 names, in accord with X Window System conventions. If @var{type} is |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1661 @code{nil}, that stands for @code{PRIMARY}. |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1663 This function returns @var{data}. |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1664 @end deffn |
| 6547 | 1665 |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
1666 @defun x-get-selection &optional type data-type |
| 6547 | 1667 This function accesses selections set up by Emacs or by other X |
| 1668 clients. It takes two optional arguments, @var{type} and | |
| 1669 @var{data-type}. The default for @var{type}, the selection type, is | |
| 1670 @code{PRIMARY}. | |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 The @var{data-type} argument specifies the form of data conversion to | |
| 1673 use, to convert the raw data obtained from another X client into Lisp | |
| 1674 data. Meaningful values include @code{TEXT}, @code{STRING}, | |
|
63583
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1675 @code{UTF8_STRING}, @code{TARGETS}, @code{LENGTH}, @code{DELETE}, |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1676 @code{FILE_NAME}, @code{CHARACTER_POSITION}, @code{NAME}, |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1677 @code{LINE_NUMBER}, @code{COLUMN_NUMBER}, @code{OWNER_OS}, |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1678 @code{HOST_NAME}, @code{USER}, @code{CLASS}, @code{ATOM}, and |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1679 @code{INTEGER}. (These are symbols with upper-case names in accord |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1680 with X conventions.) The default for @var{data-type} is |
|
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1681 @code{STRING}. |
| 6547 | 1682 @end defun |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 @cindex cut buffer | |
| 54030 | 1685 The X server also has a set of eight numbered @dfn{cut buffers} which can |
| 6547 | 1686 store text or other data being moved between applications. Cut buffers |
| 1687 are considered obsolete, but Emacs supports them for the sake of X | |
| 54030 | 1688 clients that still use them. Cut buffers are numbered from 0 to 7. |
| 6547 | 1689 |
| 54030 | 1690 @defun x-get-cut-buffer &optional n |
| 6547 | 1691 This function returns the contents of cut buffer number @var{n}. |
| 54030 | 1692 If omitted @var{n} defaults to 0. |
| 6547 | 1693 @end defun |
| 1694 | |
| 56215 | 1695 @defun x-set-cut-buffer string &optional push |
|
54118
7e1d7032e956
(Window System Selections): Add anchor.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
54030
diff
changeset
|
1696 @anchor{Definition of x-set-cut-buffer} |
| 6547 | 1697 This function stores @var{string} into the first cut buffer (cut buffer |
| 26388 | 1698 0). If @var{push} is @code{nil}, only the first cut buffer is changed. |
| 1699 If @var{push} is non-@code{nil}, that says to move the values down | |
| 1700 through the series of cut buffers, much like the way successive kills in | |
| 1701 Emacs move down the kill ring. In other words, the previous value of | |
| 1702 the first cut buffer moves into the second cut buffer, and the second to | |
| 1703 the third, and so on through all eight cut buffers. | |
| 6547 | 1704 @end defun |
| 1705 | |
|
22742
39fe58403429
Add selection-coding-system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22274
diff
changeset
|
1706 @defvar selection-coding-system |
|
39fe58403429
Add selection-coding-system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22274
diff
changeset
|
1707 This variable specifies the coding system to use when reading and |
|
73861
e456c2727989
* frames.texi (Window System Selections): Remove clipboard from
Jan Dj?rv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73353
diff
changeset
|
1708 writing selections or the clipboard. @xref{Coding |
|
43562
ca00a6c76017
(Window System Selections): The default encoding is now
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
43142
diff
changeset
|
1709 Systems}. The default is @code{compound-text-with-extensions}, which |
|
ca00a6c76017
(Window System Selections): The default encoding is now
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
43142
diff
changeset
|
1710 converts to the text representation that X11 normally uses. |
|
22742
39fe58403429
Add selection-coding-system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22274
diff
changeset
|
1711 @end defvar |
|
39fe58403429
Add selection-coding-system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22274
diff
changeset
|
1712 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1713 @cindex clipboard support (for MS-Windows) |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1714 When Emacs runs on MS-Windows, it does not implement X selections in |
|
36348
3fd0e91fef4e
(Window System Selections): Remove doubled `it'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35476
diff
changeset
|
1715 general, but it does support the clipboard. @code{x-get-selection} |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1716 and @code{x-set-selection} on MS-Windows support the text data type |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1717 only; if the clipboard holds other types of data, Emacs treats the |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1718 clipboard as empty. |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1719 |
|
71811
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1720 @cindex scrap support (for Mac OS) |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1721 On Mac OS, selection-like data transfer between applications is |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1722 performed through a mechanism called @dfn{scraps}. The clipboard is a |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1723 particular scrap named @code{com.apple.scrap.clipboard}. Types of scrap |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1724 data are called @dfn{scrap flavor types}, which are identified by |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1725 four-char codes such as @code{TEXT}. Emacs associates a selection with |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1726 a scrap, and a selection type with a scrap flavor type via |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1727 @code{mac-scrap-name} and @code{mac-ostype} properties, respectively. |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1728 |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1729 @example |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1730 (get 'CLIPBOARD 'mac-scrap-name) |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1731 @result{} "com.apple.scrap.clipboard" |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1732 (get 'com.apple.traditional-mac-plain-text 'mac-ostype) |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1733 @result{} "TEXT" |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1734 @end example |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1736 Conventionally, selection types for scrap flavor types on Mac OS have |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1737 the form of @acronym{UTI, Uniform Type Identifier} such as |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1738 @code{com.apple.traditional-mac-plain-text}, |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1739 @code{public.utf16-plain-text}, and @code{public.file-url}. |
|
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1741 @defopt x-select-enable-clipboard |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1742 If this is non-@code{nil}, the Emacs yank functions consult the |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1743 clipboard before the primary selection, and the kill functions store in |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1744 the clipboard as well as the primary selection. Otherwise they do not |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1745 access the clipboard at all. The default is @code{nil} on most systems, |
|
71811
0bddfb222bb6
(Window System Selections): Mention scrap support for Mac.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
71708
diff
changeset
|
1746 but @code{t} on MS-Windows and Mac. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1747 @end defopt |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1748 |
|
68575
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1749 @node Drag and Drop |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1750 @section Drag and Drop |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1751 |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1752 @vindex x-dnd-test-function |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1753 @vindex x-dnd-known-types |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1754 When a user drags something from another application over Emacs, that other |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1755 application expects Emacs to tell it if Emacs can handle the data that is |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1756 dragged. The variable @code{x-dnd-test-function} is used by Emacs to determine |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1757 what to reply. The default value is @code{x-dnd-default-test-function} |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1758 which accepts drops if the type of the data to be dropped is present in |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1759 @code{x-dnd-known-types}. You can customize @code{x-dnd-test-function} and/or |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1760 @code{x-dnd-known-types} if you want Emacs to accept or reject drops based |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1761 on some other criteria. |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1762 |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1763 @vindex x-dnd-types-alist |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1764 If you want to change the way Emacs handles drop of different types |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1765 or add a new type, customize @code{x-dnd-types-alist}. This requires |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1766 detailed knowledge of what types other applications use for drag and |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1767 drop. |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1768 |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1769 @vindex dnd-protocol-alist |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1770 When an URL is dropped on Emacs it may be a file, but it may also be |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1771 another URL type (ftp, http, etc.). Emacs first checks |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1772 @code{dnd-protocol-alist} to determine what to do with the URL. If |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1773 there is no match there and if @code{browse-url-browser-function} is |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1774 an alist, Emacs looks for a match there. If no match is found the |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1775 text for the URL is inserted. If you want to alter Emacs behavior, |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1776 you can customize these variables. |
|
73b90bd1d0b0
(Layout Parameters): Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68410
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
| 12098 | 1778 @node Color Names |
| 1779 @section Color Names | |
| 6547 | 1780 |
|
59927
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1781 @cindex color names |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1782 @cindex specify color |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1783 @cindex numerical RGB color specification |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1784 A color name is text (usually in a string) that specifies a color. |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1785 Symbolic names such as @samp{black}, @samp{white}, @samp{red}, etc., |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1786 are allowed; use @kbd{M-x list-colors-display} to see a list of |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1787 defined names. You can also specify colors numerically in forms such |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1788 as @samp{#@var{rgb}} and @samp{RGB:@var{r}/@var{g}/@var{b}}, where |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1789 @var{r} specifies the red level, @var{g} specifies the green level, |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1790 and @var{b} specifies the blue level. You can use either one, two, |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1791 three, or four hex digits for @var{r}; then you must use the same |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1792 number of hex digits for all @var{g} and @var{b} as well, making |
|
59927
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1793 either 3, 6, 9 or 12 hex digits in all. (See the documentation of the |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1794 X Window System for more details about numerical RGB specification of |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1795 colors.) |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1796 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1797 These functions provide a way to determine which color names are |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1798 valid, and what they look like. In some cases, the value depends on the |
|
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1799 @dfn{selected frame}, as described below; see @ref{Input Focus}, for the |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
1800 meaning of the term ``selected frame.'' |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1801 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1802 @defun color-defined-p color &optional frame |
| 8712 | 1803 This function reports whether a color name is meaningful. It returns |
|
12676
d97688032b10
multiple-frames is not terminal-local.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12388
diff
changeset
|
1804 @code{t} if so; otherwise, @code{nil}. The argument @var{frame} says |
|
d97688032b10
multiple-frames is not terminal-local.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12388
diff
changeset
|
1805 which frame's display to ask about; if @var{frame} is omitted or |
|
d97688032b10
multiple-frames is not terminal-local.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12388
diff
changeset
|
1806 @code{nil}, the selected frame is used. |
| 8712 | 1807 |
| 1808 Note that this does not tell you whether the display you are using | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1809 really supports that color. When using X, you can ask for any defined |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1810 color on any kind of display, and you will get some result---typically, |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1811 the closest it can do. To determine whether a frame can really display |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1812 a certain color, use @code{color-supported-p} (see below). |
| 8712 | 1813 |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1814 @findex x-color-defined-p |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1815 This function used to be called @code{x-color-defined-p}, |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1816 and that name is still supported as an alias. |
| 8712 | 1817 @end defun |
| 6547 | 1818 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1819 @defun defined-colors &optional frame |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1820 This function returns a list of the color names that are defined |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1821 and supported on frame @var{frame} (default, the selected frame). |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1822 If @var{frame} does not support colors, the value is @code{nil}. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1824 @findex x-defined-colors |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1825 This function used to be called @code{x-defined-colors}, |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1826 and that name is still supported as an alias. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1827 @end defun |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1828 |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1829 @defun color-supported-p color &optional frame background-p |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1830 This returns @code{t} if @var{frame} can really display the color |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1831 @var{color} (or at least something close to it). If @var{frame} is |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1832 omitted or @code{nil}, the question applies to the selected frame. |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1834 Some terminals support a different set of colors for foreground and |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1835 background. If @var{background-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means you are |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1836 asking whether @var{color} can be used as a background; otherwise you |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1837 are asking whether it can be used as a foreground. |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1838 |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1839 The argument @var{color} must be a valid color name. |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1840 @end defun |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1841 |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1842 @defun color-gray-p color &optional frame |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1843 This returns @code{t} if @var{color} is a shade of gray, as defined on |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1844 @var{frame}'s display. If @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, the |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1845 question applies to the selected frame. If @var{color} is not a valid |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1846 color name, this function returns @code{nil}. |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1847 @end defun |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1848 |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1849 @defun color-values color &optional frame |
|
59927
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1850 @cindex rgb value |
| 8712 | 1851 This function returns a value that describes what @var{color} should |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1852 ideally look like on @var{frame}. If @var{color} is defined, the |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1853 value is a list of three integers, which give the amount of red, the |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1854 amount of green, and the amount of blue. Each integer ranges in |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1855 principle from 0 to 65535, but some displays may not use the full |
|
59927
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1856 range. This three-element list is called the @dfn{rgb values} of the |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1857 color. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1858 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1859 If @var{color} is not defined, the value is @code{nil}. |
| 8712 | 1860 |
| 1861 @example | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1862 (color-values "black") |
| 8712 | 1863 @result{} (0 0 0) |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1864 (color-values "white") |
| 8712 | 1865 @result{} (65280 65280 65280) |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1866 (color-values "red") |
| 8712 | 1867 @result{} (65280 0 0) |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1868 (color-values "pink") |
| 8712 | 1869 @result{} (65280 49152 51968) |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1870 (color-values "hungry") |
| 8712 | 1871 @result{} nil |
| 1872 @end example | |
|
12676
d97688032b10
multiple-frames is not terminal-local.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12388
diff
changeset
|
1873 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1874 The color values are returned for @var{frame}'s display. If |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1875 @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, the information is returned for |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1876 the selected frame's display. If the frame cannot display colors, the |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1877 value is @code{nil}. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1878 |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1879 @findex x-color-values |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1880 This function used to be called @code{x-color-values}, |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1881 and that name is still supported as an alias. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1882 @end defun |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1884 @node Text Terminal Colors |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1885 @section Text Terminal Colors |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1886 @cindex colors on text-only terminals |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1887 |
|
60445
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1888 Text-only terminals usually support only a small number of colors, |
|
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1889 and the computer uses small integers to select colors on the terminal. |
|
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1890 This means that the computer cannot reliably tell what the selected |
|
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1891 color looks like; instead, you have to inform your application which |
|
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1892 small integers correspond to which colors. However, Emacs does know |
|
823da03182ac
(Text Terminal Colors): Get rid of "Emacs 21", and make it read better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59927
diff
changeset
|
1893 the standard set of colors and will try to use them automatically. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
|
42957
6a35c3566bfd
(Text Terminal Colors): Document tty-display-color-cells.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42752
diff
changeset
|
1895 The functions described in this section control how terminal colors |
|
6a35c3566bfd
(Text Terminal Colors): Document tty-display-color-cells.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42752
diff
changeset
|
1896 are used by Emacs. |
|
6a35c3566bfd
(Text Terminal Colors): Document tty-display-color-cells.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42752
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
|
59927
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1898 Several of these functions use or return @dfn{rgb values}, described |
|
30ef6c521f51
(Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
59878
diff
changeset
|
1899 in @ref{Color Names}. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
|
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
1901 These functions accept a display (either a frame or the name of a |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
1902 terminal) as an optional argument. We hope in the future to make Emacs |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
1903 support more than one text-only terminal at one time; then this argument |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
1904 will specify which terminal to operate on (the default being the |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
1905 selected frame's terminal; @pxref{Input Focus}). At present, though, |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1906 the @var{frame} argument has no effect. |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1907 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1908 @defun tty-color-define name number &optional rgb frame |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1909 This function associates the color name @var{name} with |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1910 color number @var{number} on the terminal. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1912 The optional argument @var{rgb}, if specified, is an rgb value, a list |
|
64451
efc3cdafca80
(Text Terminal Colors, Resources): Delete duplicate words.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63636
diff
changeset
|
1913 of three numbers that specify what the color actually looks like. |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1914 If you do not specify @var{rgb}, then this color cannot be used by |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1915 @code{tty-color-approximate} to approximate other colors, because |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1916 Emacs will not know what it looks like. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1917 @end defun |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1919 @defun tty-color-clear &optional frame |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1920 This function clears the table of defined colors for a text-only terminal. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1921 @end defun |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1923 @defun tty-color-alist &optional frame |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1924 This function returns an alist recording the known colors supported by a |
|
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1925 text-only terminal. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1927 Each element has the form @code{(@var{name} @var{number} . @var{rgb})} |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1928 or @code{(@var{name} @var{number})}. Here, @var{name} is the color |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1929 name, @var{number} is the number used to specify it to the terminal. |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1930 If present, @var{rgb} is a list of three color values (for red, green, |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1931 and blue) that says what the color actually looks like. |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1932 @end defun |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1933 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1934 @defun tty-color-approximate rgb &optional frame |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1935 This function finds the closest color, among the known colors |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1936 supported for @var{display}, to that described by the rgb value |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1937 @var{rgb} (a list of color values). The return value is an element of |
|
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1938 @code{tty-color-alist}. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1939 @end defun |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
24951
diff
changeset
|
1940 |
|
59878
11f2e6f2a600
(Window Frame Parameters): Explain pixel=char on tty.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
58884
diff
changeset
|
1941 @defun tty-color-translate color &optional frame |
|
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26388
diff
changeset
|
1942 This function finds the closest color to @var{color} among the known |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1943 colors supported for @var{display} and returns its index (an integer). |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1944 If the name @var{color} is not defined, the value is @code{nil}. |
| 6547 | 1945 @end defun |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 @node Resources | |
| 1948 @section X Resources | |
| 1949 | |
| 12098 | 1950 @defun x-get-resource attribute class &optional component subclass |
| 6547 | 1951 The function @code{x-get-resource} retrieves a resource value from the X |
| 54030 | 1952 Window defaults database. |
| 6547 | 1953 |
| 1954 Resources are indexed by a combination of a @dfn{key} and a @dfn{class}. | |
| 1955 This function searches using a key of the form | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8110
diff
changeset
|
1956 @samp{@var{instance}.@var{attribute}} (where @var{instance} is the name |
| 12098 | 1957 under which Emacs was invoked), and using @samp{Emacs.@var{class}} as |
| 1958 the class. | |
| 6547 | 1959 |
| 1960 The optional arguments @var{component} and @var{subclass} add to the key | |
| 1961 and the class, respectively. You must specify both of them or neither. | |
| 1962 If you specify them, the key is | |
| 1963 @samp{@var{instance}.@var{component}.@var{attribute}}, and the class is | |
| 12098 | 1964 @samp{Emacs.@var{class}.@var{subclass}}. |
| 6547 | 1965 @end defun |
| 1966 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1967 @defvar x-resource-class |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1968 This variable specifies the application name that @code{x-get-resource} |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1969 should look up. The default value is @code{"Emacs"}. You can examine X |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1970 resources for application names other than ``Emacs'' by binding this |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1971 variable to some other string, around a call to @code{x-get-resource}. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1972 @end defvar |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16528
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
| 54030 | 1974 @defvar x-resource-name |
| 1975 This variable specifies the instance name that @code{x-get-resource} | |
| 1976 should look up. The default value is the name Emacs was invoked with, | |
| 1977 or the value specified with the @samp{-name} or @samp{-rn} switches. | |
| 1978 @end defvar | |
| 1979 | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1980 To illustrate some of the above, suppose that you have the line: |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1981 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1982 @example |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1983 xterm.vt100.background: yellow |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1984 @end example |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1986 @noindent |
|
64451
efc3cdafca80
(Text Terminal Colors, Resources): Delete duplicate words.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63636
diff
changeset
|
1987 in your X resources file (whose name is usually @file{~/.Xdefaults} |
|
63583
99e9892a51d9
Fix formatting ugliness.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62853
diff
changeset
|
1988 or @file{~/.Xresources}). Then: |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1989 |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1990 @example |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1991 @group |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1992 (let ((x-resource-class "XTerm") (x-resource-name "xterm")) |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1993 (x-get-resource "vt100.background" "VT100.Background")) |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1994 @result{} "yellow" |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1995 @end group |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1996 @group |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1997 (let ((x-resource-class "XTerm") (x-resource-name "xterm")) |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1998 (x-get-resource "background" "VT100" "vt100" "Background")) |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
1999 @result{} "yellow" |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
2000 @end group |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
2001 @end example |
|
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
|
45779
4964699e51b4
(Initial Parameters, Resources): Fix references to the Emacs manual.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
45744
diff
changeset
|
2003 @xref{X Resources,, X Resources, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
| 6547 | 2004 |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2005 @node Display Feature Testing |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2006 @section Display Feature Testing |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2007 @cindex display feature testing |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2008 |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2009 The functions in this section describe the basic capabilities of a |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2010 particular display. Lisp programs can use them to adapt their behavior |
| 48700 | 2011 to what the display can do. For example, a program that ordinarily uses |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2012 a popup menu could use the minibuffer if popup menus are not supported. |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2014 The optional argument @var{display} in these functions specifies which |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2015 display to ask the question about. It can be a display name, a frame |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2016 (which designates the display that frame is on), or @code{nil} (which |
|
39402
3a102bf6010f
(Input Focus): Clarify which frame is _the_ selected
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39221
diff
changeset
|
2017 refers to the selected frame's display, @pxref{Input Focus}). |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2019 @xref{Color Names}, @ref{Text Terminal Colors}, for other functions to |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2020 obtain information about displays. |
| 6547 | 2021 |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2022 @defun display-popup-menus-p &optional display |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2023 This function returns @code{t} if popup menus are supported on |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2024 @var{display}, @code{nil} if not. Support for popup menus requires that |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2025 the mouse be available, since the user cannot choose menu items without |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2026 a mouse. |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2027 @end defun |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2029 @defun display-graphic-p &optional display |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2030 This function returns @code{t} if @var{display} is a graphic display |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2031 capable of displaying several frames and several different fonts at |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2032 once. This is true for displays that use a window system such as X, and |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2033 false for text-only terminals. |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2034 @end defun |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2035 |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2036 @defun display-mouse-p &optional display |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2037 @cindex mouse, availability |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2038 This function returns @code{t} if @var{display} has a mouse available, |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2039 @code{nil} if not. |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2040 @end defun |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2042 @defun display-color-p &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2043 @findex x-display-color-p |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2044 This function returns @code{t} if the screen is a color screen. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2045 It used to be called @code{x-display-color-p}, and that name |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2046 is still supported as an alias. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2047 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2048 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2049 @defun display-grayscale-p &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2050 This function returns @code{t} if the screen can display shades of gray. |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2051 (All color displays can do this.) |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2052 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
| 56215 | 2054 @defun display-supports-face-attributes-p attributes &optional display |
|
45744
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2055 @anchor{Display Face Attribute Testing} |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2056 This function returns non-@code{nil} if all the face attributes in |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2057 @var{attributes} are supported (@pxref{Face Attributes}). |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2058 |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2059 The definition of `supported' is somewhat heuristic, but basically |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2060 means that a face containing all the attributes in @var{attributes}, |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2061 when merged with the default face for display, can be represented in a |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2062 way that's |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2064 @enumerate |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2065 @item |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2066 different in appearance than the default face, and |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2068 @item |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2069 `close in spirit' to what the attributes specify, if not exact. |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2070 @end enumerate |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2072 Point (2) implies that a @code{:weight black} attribute will be |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2073 satisfied by any display that can display bold, as will |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2074 @code{:foreground "yellow"} as long as some yellowish color can be |
|
45865
08e62ca55f2c
(Display Feature Testing): Fix typo.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
45779
diff
changeset
|
2075 displayed, but @code{:slant italic} will @emph{not} be satisfied by |
|
45744
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2076 the tty display code's automatic substitution of a `dim' face for |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2077 italic. |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2078 @end defun |
|
75e9d527da2b
display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44693
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2080 @defun display-selections-p &optional display |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2081 This function returns @code{t} if @var{display} supports selections. |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2082 Windowed displays normally support selections, but they may also be |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2083 supported in some other cases. |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2084 @end defun |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
2086 @defun display-images-p &optional display |
|
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
2087 This function returns @code{t} if @var{display} can display images. |
|
39221
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
2088 Windowed displays ought in principle to handle images, but some |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
2089 systems lack the support for that. On a display that does not support |
|
68b26e98aef6
Clarify recent changes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39197
diff
changeset
|
2090 images, Emacs cannot display a tool bar. |
|
39197
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
2091 @end defun |
|
f56fa34012c0
(Mouse Position): Document mouse-position-function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36348
diff
changeset
|
2092 |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2093 @defun display-screens &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2094 This function returns the number of screens associated with the display. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2095 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2097 @defun display-pixel-height &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2098 This function returns the height of the screen in pixels. |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
2099 On a character terminal, it gives the height in characters. |
|
77233
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2101 For graphical terminals, note that on ``multi-monitor'' setups this |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2102 refers to the pixel width for all physical monitors associated with |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2103 @var{display}. @xref{Multiple Displays}. |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2104 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
|
72680
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2106 @defun display-pixel-width &optional display |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2107 This function returns the width of the screen in pixels. |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2108 On a character terminal, it gives the width in characters. |
|
77233
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2109 |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2110 For graphical terminals, note that on ``multi-monitor'' setups this |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2111 refers to the pixel width for all physical monitors associated with |
|
b5eba5af1ddd
(Multiple Displays): Add note about "multi-monitor" setups.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77006
diff
changeset
|
2112 @var{display}. @xref{Multiple Displays}. |
|
72680
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2113 @end defun |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2115 @defun display-mm-height &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2116 This function returns the height of the screen in millimeters, |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2117 or @code{nil} if Emacs cannot get that information. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2118 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2120 @defun display-mm-width &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2121 This function returns the width of the screen in millimeters, |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2122 or @code{nil} if Emacs cannot get that information. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2123 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
|
72680
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2125 @defvar display-mm-dimensions-alist |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2126 This variable allows the user to specify the dimensions of graphical |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2127 displays returned by @code{display-mm-height} and |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2128 @code{display-mm-width} in case the system provides incorrect values. |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2129 @end defvar |
|
0ff4f0f6cdbd
(Display Feature Testing): display-mm-dimensions-alist.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
72049
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2131 @defun display-backing-store &optional display |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2132 This function returns the backing store capability of the display. |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2133 Backing store means recording the pixels of windows (and parts of |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2134 windows) that are not exposed, so that when exposed they can be |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2135 displayed very quickly. |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2137 Values can be the symbols @code{always}, @code{when-mapped}, or |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2138 @code{not-useful}. The function can also return @code{nil} |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2139 when the question is inapplicable to a certain kind of display. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2140 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2142 @defun display-save-under &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2143 This function returns non-@code{nil} if the display supports the |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2144 SaveUnder feature. That feature is used by pop-up windows |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2145 to save the pixels they obscure, so that they can pop down |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2146 quickly. |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2147 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2149 @defun display-planes &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2150 This function returns the number of planes the display supports. |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27532
diff
changeset
|
2151 This is typically the number of bits per pixel. |
| 63636 | 2152 For a tty display, it is log to base two of the number of colors supported. |
|
27532
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2153 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2155 @defun display-visual-class &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2156 This function returns the visual class for the screen. The value is one |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2157 of the symbols @code{static-gray}, @code{gray-scale}, |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2158 @code{static-color}, @code{pseudo-color}, @code{true-color}, and |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2159 @code{direct-color}. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2160 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2162 @defun display-color-cells &optional display |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2163 This function returns the number of color cells the screen supports. |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2164 @end defun |
|
ada257a7df9f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
2165 |
|
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2166 These functions obtain additional information specifically |
|
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2167 about X displays. |
| 6547 | 2168 |
| 12067 | 2169 @defun x-server-version &optional display |
| 2170 This function returns the list of version numbers of the X server | |
|
56535
fee4457701d8
Various changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56380
diff
changeset
|
2171 running the display. The value is a list of three integers: the major |
|
57766
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2172 and minor version numbers of the X protocol, and the |
|
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2173 distributor-specific release number of the X server software itself. |
| 6547 | 2174 @end defun |
| 2175 | |
| 12067 | 2176 @defun x-server-vendor &optional display |
|
57766
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2177 This function returns the ``vendor'' that provided the X server |
|
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2178 software (as a string). Really this means whoever distributes the X |
|
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2179 server. |
|
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2180 |
|
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2181 When the developers of X labelled software distributors as |
|
71957
61cb5aae3bc3
Put period and comma inside quotes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71882
diff
changeset
|
2182 ``vendors,'' they showed their false assumption that no system could |
|
57766
49c3962f983c
(Display Feature Testing): Explain about "vendor".
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56639
diff
changeset
|
2183 ever be developed and distributed noncommercially. |
| 6547 | 2184 @end defun |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 @ignore | |
| 2187 @defvar x-no-window-manager | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2188 This variable's value is @code{t} if no X window manager is in use. |
| 6547 | 2189 @end defvar |
| 2190 @end ignore | |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 @ignore | |
| 2193 @item | |
| 2194 The functions @code{x-pixel-width} and @code{x-pixel-height} return the | |
| 2195 width and height of an X Window frame, measured in pixels. | |
| 2196 @end ignore | |
| 52401 | 2197 |
| 2198 @ignore | |
| 2199 arch-tag: 94977df6-3dca-4730-b57b-c6329e9282ba | |
| 2200 @end ignore |
